PHYS100-499 Oct 2011+cover - University of Liverpool
PHYS100-499 Oct 2011+cover - University of Liverpool
PHYS100-499 Oct 2011+cover - University of Liverpool
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
!"#$%&'"(&)*+),-./01/<br />
2*345")6#"10+01$&0*(/<br />
7899:97<br />
!1V00EZ:0#'""0<br />
$%&!IXX (/-,54/
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PHYSICS ICEBREAKER PROJECT<br />
2. Module Code <strong>PHYS100</strong><br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 0<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
11. Module Moderator<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Seminars/Workshops<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
4<br />
In Week 1<br />
only<br />
27<br />
Project sessions in<br />
Week 1 only<br />
18. Non-contact hours 6<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 37<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
4x1 hour Lectures during<br />
Week 1<br />
31<br />
9 x 3 hour<br />
Project Sessions<br />
during Week 1<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F390 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
Establish an open ended and integrated approach to problem solving<br />
Introduce the whole Physics course<br />
Facilitate integration <strong>of</strong> the student cohort<br />
Establish a working pattern <strong>of</strong> full days plus homework<br />
Establish a habit <strong>of</strong> conscientious attendance<br />
Create a manned mission to Mars<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should:<br />
Become familiar with teamwork & problem driven learning<br />
Become familiar with research methods<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The Icebreaker project will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. and will run full time in<br />
Week 1. The main emphasis is on project work, although mathematical foundations and an introduction to the<br />
main e-learning tools are part <strong>of</strong> the project.<br />
Teams work in teams <strong>of</strong> five groups each, with each group working on a different aspect <strong>of</strong> the project.<br />
Students are also expected to complete further problems as exercises on an individual basis using Mastering<br />
Physics online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through Mastering Physics. The<br />
intellectual focus will be on becoming familiar with the system.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Week 1 Project Mission to Mars<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The overall mission is divided into five aspects:<br />
1. Mission Length and Trajectory<br />
2. Landing Craft and Re-Entry<br />
3. Radiation and Heat Shielding<br />
4. Mass Management and Launch<br />
5. Communications and Life Support<br />
Handbook <strong>of</strong> space technology. Wilfried Ley, Klaus Wittmann, Willi Hallmann (editors). Wiley, 2009.<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
None Continuous Pass/Fail This module is not<br />
credit bearing
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title NEWTONIAN DYNAMICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS101<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
22<br />
= 11 x 2<br />
lectures/week<br />
22<br />
= 11 x 2-hour<br />
workshops<br />
18. Non-contact hours 106<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
1 2hr (double lecture)<br />
slot each week except<br />
Week 1<br />
44<br />
Problem Classes: 1<br />
2hr slot each week<br />
on a later day than<br />
the lectures, in an<br />
appropriate learning<br />
environment<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F640 (2) F641 (1) F641 (2) F660<br />
(1) F660 (2) F656 (1) F656 (2) F640 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce the fundamental concepts and principles <strong>of</strong> classical mechanics at an elementary level.<br />
To provide an introduction to the study <strong>of</strong> fluids.<br />
To introduce the use <strong>of</strong> elementary vector algebra in the context <strong>of</strong> mechanics.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to:<br />
demonstrate a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the laws <strong>of</strong> classical mechanics.<br />
understand physical quantities with magnitudes, directions (where applicable), units and uncertainties.<br />
apply the laws <strong>of</strong> mechanics to statics, linear motion, motion in a plane, rotational motion, simple<br />
harmonic motion and gravitation.<br />
apply conservation laws for energy and momentum to describe collisions.<br />
apply conservation <strong>of</strong> energy to find periods <strong>of</strong> simple harmonic oscillatior systems.<br />
apply mathematical methods, including simple vector algebra, to the study <strong>of</strong> mechanics.<br />
demonstrate an understanding <strong>of</strong> some aspects <strong>of</strong> the behaviour <strong>of</strong> fluids in static and simple dynamic<br />
situations.<br />
apply basic mechanical concepts to solve the Kepler problem.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />
students withthe main concepts <strong>of</strong> classical mechanics and illustrate these with reference to simple mechanical<br />
systems as well as showing how mathematical descriptions <strong>of</strong> mechanical systems can be developed.<br />
The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />
lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />
assessment will contain significant elements <strong>of</strong> peer marking. The intellectual focus is on transfer <strong>of</strong> knowledge<br />
to new situations and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new problems.<br />
Students are also expected to complete further problems as exercises on an individual basis using Mastering<br />
Physics online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through Mastering Physics. The intellectual<br />
focus will be on exercising known material.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Overview:<br />
Newton's Laws, Force and Motion, Vectors<br />
Friction, Drag<br />
Work and Kinetic Energy, Power<br />
Potential Energy, Conservation <strong>of</strong> Energy<br />
Force from Potential, Systems <strong>of</strong> Particles, Rocket Equation<br />
Momentum, Collisions<br />
Rotation, Moment <strong>of</strong> Inertia<br />
Parallel Axis theorem, Torque, Rotation<br />
Angular Momentum and its conservation<br />
Rolling<br />
Centre <strong>of</strong> Percussion, Precession<br />
Simple Harmonic Motion and Uniform Circular Motion<br />
Simple Harmonic Motion, damped and forced SHM<br />
Newton's Law <strong>of</strong> Gravitation<br />
Satellites, Escape Speed
Satellites, Escape Speed<br />
Kepler's Laws<br />
Fluids at Rest<br />
Fluids in Motion<br />
Lec 1&2 Wk 2 What is Physics?<br />
Units<br />
Significant Figures<br />
Measurement<br />
Experimental Science<br />
PC 1 Wk 2 Working with Physical Observables<br />
Designing Experiments as questions to nature<br />
Lec 3&4 Wk 3 Reference Frames<br />
Newton's Laws<br />
Simple Motion with constant Acceleration<br />
Centre <strong>of</strong> Mass<br />
Friction<br />
PC 2 Wk 3 Demonstration Experiment, Prediction and Writeup<br />
Lec 5&6 Wk 4 Work<br />
Energy<br />
Power<br />
Conservation <strong>of</strong> Energy<br />
Conservative Forces<br />
PC 3 Wk 4 Applications <strong>of</strong> Newton's Laws<br />
Lec 7&8 Wk 5 Momentum<br />
Conservation <strong>of</strong> Momentum<br />
Elastic & Inelastic Collisions<br />
Rockets<br />
PC 4 Wk 5 Create PeerWise Multiple Choice questions<br />
Lec 9&10 Wk 6 Circular Motion<br />
Centrifugal Force<br />
Coriolis Force<br />
Moment <strong>of</strong> Inertia<br />
PC 5 Wk 6 Collisions<br />
Staged Rockets<br />
Lec 11&12 Wk 7 Angular Momentum<br />
Conservation <strong>of</strong> Angular Momentum<br />
Rolling<br />
Torque<br />
Newton's Laws for Rotations<br />
PC 6 Wk 7 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class<br />
Lec 13&14 Wk 8 Simple Harmonic Motion<br />
Simple and Physical Pendulum<br />
Damped Harmonic Oscillator<br />
PC 7 Wk 8 Rotations<br />
Rolling<br />
Moments <strong>of</strong> Inertia<br />
Lec 15&16 Wk 9 Damped and Forced Harmonic Oscillator<br />
Resonance<br />
PC 8 Wk 9 Demonstration Experiment, Prediction and Writeup<br />
Lec 17&18 Wk 10 Gravitation<br />
Motion under constant acceleration using Calculus<br />
PC 9 Wk 10 Applications <strong>of</strong> Harmonic Motion<br />
Using Conservation <strong>of</strong> Energy to derive HO Equation<br />
Lec 19&20 Wk 11 Kepler's Laws<br />
Satellites<br />
Escape Velocity<br />
PC 10 Wk 11 Devising PeerWise Multiple Choice or Exam Style Questions<br />
Lec 21&22 Wk 12 Fluids at Rest<br />
Archimedes Principle<br />
Pascal's Law<br />
Fluids in Motion<br />
Bernoulli Equation<br />
PC 11 Wk 12 Kepler's Laws<br />
Extrasolar Objects, Hyperbolic and Parabolic Orbits<br />
Applications to interplanetary travel<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"<strong>University</strong> Physics 12e" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Written examination 3 hours 1 60 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
Mastering Physics<br />
homeworks<br />
5 x 2<br />
hours<br />
10 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
1 10 Summer Vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title THE MATERIAL UNIVERSE<br />
2. Module Code PHYS102<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr DE Hutchcr<strong>of</strong>t Physics Dhcr<strong>of</strong>t@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
22<br />
= 11 x 2<br />
lectures/week<br />
22<br />
= 11 x 2-hour<br />
workshops<br />
18. Non-contact hours 106<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
1 2hr (double lecture)<br />
slot each week except<br />
Week 1<br />
44<br />
Problem Classes: 1<br />
2hr slot each week<br />
on a later day than<br />
the lectures, in an<br />
appropriate learning<br />
environment<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
The module aims to make the student familiar with<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
The concepts <strong>of</strong> Thermal Physics<br />
The zeroth, first and second laws <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />
Heat engines<br />
The kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gasses<br />
Entropy<br />
The equation <strong>of</strong> state<br />
Van der Waals equation<br />
States <strong>of</strong> matter and state changes<br />
The basis <strong>of</strong> statistical mechanics<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to:<br />
Construct a temperature scale and understand how to calibrate a thermometer with that scale<br />
Calculate the heat flow into and work done by a system and how that is constrained by the first law <strong>of</strong><br />
Thermodynamics<br />
Analyses the expected performance <strong>of</strong> heat engines, heat pumps and refrigerators<br />
Relate the second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics to the operation <strong>of</strong> heat engines, particularly the Carnot engine<br />
Understand the kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gases and calculate properties <strong>of</strong> gasses including the heat capacity and<br />
mean free path<br />
Explain the expected behaviour <strong>of</strong> gasses as a function <strong>of</strong> their mean free path<br />
Use the theory <strong>of</strong> equipartition to relate the structure <strong>of</strong> the molecules to the measured heat capacity<br />
Calculate the linear and volume thermal expansions <strong>of</strong> materials<br />
Understand the basis <strong>of</strong> entropy and relate this to the second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />
Relate the equation <strong>of</strong> state for a material to the macroscopic properties <strong>of</strong> the material<br />
Understand the PV and PT diagrams for materials and the phase transitions that occur when changing the<br />
state variables for materials<br />
Be able to link the microscopic view <strong>of</strong> a system to its macroscopic state variables<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />
students with the main concepts <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics and illustrate these with reference to physical systems<br />
including ideal and real gasses, heat engines, analytic thermodynamics and phase equilibriums.<br />
The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />
lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />
assessment will contain significant elements <strong>of</strong> peer marking. The intellectual focus is on transfer <strong>of</strong> knowledge<br />
to new situations and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new problems.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Overview:<br />
Temperature and the zeroth law<br />
Heat and the first law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />
The second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics, reversibility and Carnot engines<br />
The kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gasses, heat capacities, equipartition and the mean free<br />
path<br />
Van der Waals equation<br />
Entropy
Entropy<br />
The equations <strong>of</strong> state<br />
Maxwell relations<br />
Paramagnets as thermodynamic systems<br />
Stefan's and Wien's Laws<br />
Phase transitions<br />
Third law<br />
Lecture 1 & 2 Wk 2 Introduction to the thermal physics<br />
Reminder <strong>of</strong> temperature scales<br />
List the methods <strong>of</strong> heat transport<br />
Heat conduction and heat capacity<br />
Newton's law <strong>of</strong> cooling<br />
Latent heats <strong>of</strong> fusion and vaporisation<br />
Thermal expansion<br />
Thermodynamic systems<br />
Zeroth law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics and thermal equilibrium<br />
Energy in a system<br />
Problem Class 1 Wk 2 An introduction to problem solving<br />
Use heat loss and themal expansion as examples<br />
Lec 3 & 4 Wk 3 First law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />
Work done on a system for different constraints<br />
Heat engines<br />
Second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics: Clausius and Kelvin-Plank<br />
Reversible processes<br />
Carnot Cycle<br />
PC 2 Wk 3 Solve examples <strong>of</strong> heat engines<br />
Lec 5&6 Wk 4 Absolute temperature scale<br />
Constructing a real temperature scale<br />
Kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gasses<br />
Equipartition <strong>of</strong> energy<br />
Heat capacity <strong>of</strong> ideal and real gasses<br />
Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution (not derived)<br />
Heat conduction<br />
Diffusion<br />
PC 3 Wk 4 Project in groups on a thermal physics topic, with a verbal presentation at the end<br />
<strong>of</strong> the class<br />
Lec 7&8 Wk 5 Effusion<br />
Viscosity<br />
Examples from kinetic theory<br />
Van der Waal’s equation<br />
Entropy (Macroscopic)<br />
PC 4 Wk 5 Examples for real gasses and rates <strong>of</strong> effusion<br />
Lec 9&10 Wk 6 Clausius inequality<br />
Principle <strong>of</strong> increasing entropy<br />
Entropy <strong>of</strong> an ideal gas<br />
Boltzmann Definition<br />
Maxwell relations and thermodynamic potentials<br />
Internal Energy and heat capacity<br />
PC 5 Wk 6 Review <strong>of</strong> mathematical relations in partial differentials required to use Maxwell's<br />
relations<br />
Lec 11&12 Wk 7 Enthalpy<br />
Helmholtz free energy<br />
Gibbs free energy<br />
Applications <strong>of</strong> free energies<br />
Maximum available work<br />
PC 6 Wk 7 Tutorial on free energies and entropy calculations<br />
Lec 13&14 Wk 8 Conditions for equilibriums<br />
Applications to PVT systems<br />
Derive relation between heat capacities and compressibilties<br />
Energy equation<br />
Expansions <strong>of</strong> gasses: adiabatic<br />
Joule-Kelvin expansion <strong>of</strong> gas and application to liquefaction<br />
PC 7 Wk 8 Research a topic in themodynamics and present in class<br />
Lec 15&16 Wk 9 Paramagnets<br />
Curie and Curie-Weiss<br />
Paramagnetic equation <strong>of</strong> state<br />
Magnetic cooling<br />
Entropy <strong>of</strong> demagnetisation<br />
PC 8 Wk 9 Work through examples <strong>of</strong> paramagnets<br />
Lec 17&18 Wk 10 Cavity radiation<br />
Radiation as a photon gas<br />
Wien’s law<br />
Stefan’s Law<br />
Entropy <strong>of</strong> radiation<br />
PC 9 Wk 10 Work through a problem based learning example for submission as a group<br />
project<br />
Lec 19&20 Wk 11 Rubber bands as a thermodynamic system<br />
Phases <strong>of</strong> matter<br />
PVT diagrams<br />
Equilibrium condition for two phases<br />
PC 10 Wk 11 Tutorial on phases <strong>of</strong> matter<br />
Lec 21&22 Wk 12 Clausius-Clapeyron equation<br />
First and second order phase transitions<br />
Third law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />
Nernst’s statement<br />
PC 11 Wk 12 Review <strong>of</strong> material covered in the course<br />
Extra a very condensed version <strong>of</strong> the notes<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />
"Thermal Physics" Second Edition, by C.B.P. Finn, published by CRC Press<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Written examination 3 hours 1 60 August<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
Mastering Physics<br />
Homework<br />
5 x 2<br />
hours<br />
5 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
1 10 Summer Vacation As <strong>University</strong><br />
Policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title WAVE PHENOMENA<br />
2. Module Code PHYS103<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
24<br />
= 12 x 2<br />
lectures/week<br />
24<br />
= 12 x 2-hour<br />
workshops<br />
18. Non-contact hours 102<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
1 2hr (double lecture)<br />
slot each week except<br />
Week 1<br />
48<br />
Problem Classes: 1<br />
2hr slot each week<br />
on a later day than<br />
the lectures, in an<br />
appropriate learning<br />
environment<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F656 (1) F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce the fundamental concepts and principles <strong>of</strong> wave phenomena.<br />
To highlight the many diverse areas <strong>of</strong> physics in which an understanding <strong>of</strong> waves is crucial.<br />
To introduce the concepts <strong>of</strong> interference and diffraction.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to:<br />
Demonstrate an understanding <strong>of</strong> oscillators.<br />
Understand the fundamental principles underlying wave phenomena.<br />
Apply those principles to diverse phenomena.<br />
Understand wave reflection and transmission, superposition <strong>of</strong> waves.<br />
Solve problems on the behaviour <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves in vacuo and in dielectric materials.<br />
Understand linear and circular polarisation.<br />
Understand inteference and diffraction effects.<br />
Understand lenses and optical instruments.<br />
Apply Fourier techniques and understand their link to diffraction patterns.<br />
Understand the basic principles <strong>of</strong> lasers.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />
students with the main concepts <strong>of</strong> wave phenomena and illustrate these with examples, as well as showing how<br />
mathematical descriptions <strong>of</strong> such systems can be developed.<br />
The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />
lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Lec 1&2 Wk 1 1. Oscillators<br />
Simple Harmonic Motion, Forced Oscillators, Damped Oscillators, Coupled Oscillators.<br />
PC 1 Wk 1 Worked examples <strong>of</strong> SHM and oscillations. Related problems to be solved.<br />
Lec 3&4 Wk 2 2. Fundamentals<br />
Wave Equation, Phase velocity, wavenumber, wavelength, frequency. Superposition<br />
(same wavelength), Reflection and Transmission at Boundaries, Standing Waves,<br />
Amplitude, Intensity, Energy.<br />
PC 2 Wk 2 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> concepts from this weeks lectures. Examples. Problems related to this<br />
weeks lectures.<br />
Lec 5&6 Wk 3 3. Examples <strong>of</strong> Waves<br />
Longitudinal and Transverse Waves. Waves on strings. Sound Waves, Light waves.<br />
Waves in elastic media. The Doppler Effect. Impedance. Waves in Cables.<br />
PC 3 Wk 3 Worked examples from this weeks lectures. Problems related to this weeks lecture<br />
material.<br />
Lec 7&8 Wk 4 4. Superposition <strong>of</strong> Waves (different wavelengths)<br />
Beats, wavepackets, Group Velocity, Bandwidth Theorem.<br />
PC 4 Wk 4 Illustrative examples from this week's lectures. Problems related to this week's material.<br />
Lec 9&10 Wk 5 5. Electromagnetic Waves<br />
EM waves in free space. EM waves in dielectrics. Linear and Circular Polarisation.<br />
Quarter and Half waveplates.<br />
PC 5 Wk 5 Additional material for EM waves and polarisation. Problems related thereto.<br />
Lec 11&12 Wk 6 Continuation <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves<br />
Reflection <strong>of</strong> EM waves. Brewster Angle.<br />
6. Interference Effects<br />
Youngs slits. Thin film interference. Optical coatings. Filters.<br />
PC 6 Wk 6 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> reflection <strong>of</strong> EM waves.<br />
Lec 13&14 Wk 7 7. Diffraction<br />
Students carry out assignment related to Brewster Angle.<br />
Fraunh<strong>of</strong>er Diffraction. Single slit diffraction. Effect <strong>of</strong> single slit diffraction on double slit<br />
pattern. Multiple slit diffraction.<br />
PC 7 Wk 7 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> single slit diffraction pattern. Students calculate diffraction pattern<br />
arising from a double slit experiment.<br />
Lec 15&16 Wk 8 Continuation <strong>of</strong> Diffraction<br />
Diffraction at a circular aperture. Rayleigh criterion. Diffraction gratings. Phased Arrays.<br />
Interferometry.<br />
PC 8 Wk 8 Background material for Rayleigh Criterion and illustrative applications. Problems related<br />
to this week's lectures.<br />
Lec 17&18 Wk 9 8. Optical Cavities<br />
Reflection, Refraction, Mirrors, Thin Lenses, Optical Instruments.<br />
PC 9 Wk 9 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> this week's lectures. Students do related problems.<br />
Lec 19&20 Wk 10 9. Fourier Methods<br />
Fourier analysis, Fourier series. Examples.<br />
PC 10 Wk 10 Worked examples <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> Fourier series. Students attack related problems.<br />
Lec 21&22 Wk 11 Continuation <strong>of</strong> Fourier Methods<br />
Fourier Transforms. Link <strong>of</strong> FTs to diffraction patterns.<br />
PC 11 Wk 11 Further reinforcement material related to Fourier Transforms. Students attempt related<br />
problems.<br />
Lec 23&24 Wk 12 10. Lasers<br />
Principles and Applications.<br />
PC 12 Wk 12 Students research uses <strong>of</strong> lasers.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Written examination 3 hours 2 60 August<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
Mastering Physics<br />
homework<br />
5 x 2<br />
hours<br />
10 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
2 10 Summer Vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title FOUNDATIONS OF MODERN PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS104<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> JB Dainton Physics Jbd@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
24<br />
20<br />
= 12 x 2 = 10 x 2-hour<br />
lectures/week workshops/Problem<br />
Classes/Mastering<br />
Physics<br />
18. Non-contact hours 106<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
1 2hr (double<br />
lecture) slot each<br />
week<br />
44<br />
Problem Classes: 1 2hr<br />
slot each week starting<br />
after lecture 4, in an<br />
appropriate learning<br />
environment<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F656 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce the theory <strong>of</strong> special relativity and its experimental pro<strong>of</strong>s.<br />
To carry out calculations using relativity and visualise them.<br />
To introduce the concepts and the experimental foundations <strong>of</strong> quantum theory.<br />
To carry out simple calculations related to quantum mechanical problem tasks.<br />
To show the impact <strong>of</strong> relativity and quantum theory on contemporary science and society.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to demonstrate:<br />
An understanding why classical mechanics must have failed to describe the properties <strong>of</strong> light, the motion<br />
<strong>of</strong> objects with speeds close to the speed <strong>of</strong> light and the properties <strong>of</strong> microspopic systems.<br />
A basic knowledge on the experimental and theoretical concepts which founded modern physics, i.e. that<br />
either relativity or quantum theory or both are needed to explain certain phenomena.<br />
A knowledge <strong>of</strong> the postulates <strong>of</strong> special relativity.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the concept <strong>of</strong> spacetime, <strong>of</strong> the relativity <strong>of</strong> length, time and velocity.<br />
An ability to apply the Lorentz transformation and the concept <strong>of</strong> Lorentz invariance to simple cases.<br />
An ability to apply the equations <strong>of</strong> relativistic energy, momentum and rest mass.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the Doppler effect for light and visualisation <strong>of</strong> relativistic effects.<br />
An ability to solve problems based on special relativity.<br />
An understanding why quantum theory is the conceptual framework to understand the microscopic<br />
properties <strong>of</strong> the universe.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the quantum theory <strong>of</strong> light and the ability to apply the energy-momentum<br />
conservation for light, e.g. photo-electric effect, Compton effect.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the structure <strong>of</strong> atoms and its experimental foundations.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> Bohr's theory <strong>of</strong> the atom and its application to the H-atom including the concept <strong>of</strong><br />
principal quantum numbers.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves and their statistical interpretation.<br />
An ability to explain the experimental evidence <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves with scattering experiments <strong>of</strong><br />
electrons, X-rays and neutrons.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles <strong>of</strong> quantum mechanical measurements and Heisenberg's uncertainty<br />
principle.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the identity principle <strong>of</strong> microscopic particles and the basic idea <strong>of</strong> quantum (Fermi-<br />
Dirac and Bose-Einstein) statistics.<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> contemporary applications <strong>of</strong> quantum theory and relativity, e.g. nuclear reactor and<br />
nuclear fissions, and the impact on our society.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes.<br />
The lectures are designed to show students the foundations <strong>of</strong> modern physics and why and how classical<br />
mechanics had to be extended. The new theoretical concepts will be developed step by step and if possible, the<br />
formulas will be derived. References to historical and contemporay experiments will be given extensively.<br />
The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />
lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />
assessment is individual and may contain elements <strong>of</strong> peer marking. The intellectual focus is on problem solving<br />
strategies for relativistic and simple quantum mechanical problems, and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new<br />
problems. Students are also expected to complete problems as exercises on an individual basis using Mastering<br />
Physics online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through Mastering Physics. The intellectual<br />
focus will be on exercising known material.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Lec 1&2 Wk 1 Introduction and historical context : The world according to a 19th century<br />
physicist.<br />
The theoretical concepts based on the two known fundamental forces at the premodern<br />
era, gravitational and electromagentic forces, and their consequences on<br />
the thinking in physics and society.<br />
The key experiments and 19th century discoveries (e.g. discovery <strong>of</strong> atomic<br />
spectrum <strong>of</strong> hydrogen, sparks in gases, cathode rays, X-rays, radioactivity, the<br />
electron, and the constancy <strong>of</strong> speed <strong>of</strong> light,) and the resulting conflicts and the<br />
trials to explain them.<br />
Lec 3&4 Wk 2 Einstein's solution <strong>of</strong> the conflict between motion (classical mechanics) and<br />
constancy <strong>of</strong> speed <strong>of</strong> light, the postulates <strong>of</strong> special relativity.<br />
Frames <strong>of</strong> reference.<br />
The concept <strong>of</strong> a thought experiment.<br />
Relativity <strong>of</strong> simultaneity.<br />
The light clock, Lorentz and speed factors, relativity <strong>of</strong> time and synchronisation<br />
<strong>of</strong> clocks.<br />
Relativity <strong>of</strong> length.<br />
PC 1 Wk 3 Concepts <strong>of</strong> problem solving strategies.<br />
Examples and excercises for time dilation, length contraction and simultaneity<br />
illustrated with links to classical mechanics.<br />
Lec 5&6 Wk 3 Galilean transformation equations.<br />
Derivation <strong>of</strong> Lorentz (Einstein) transformation equations.<br />
Time dilation and length contraction using Lorentz transformations.<br />
The Twin paradox.<br />
Doppler effect for light.<br />
PC 2 Wk 4 Practise tasks using Lorentz transformations.<br />
Practise tasks for the Doppler effect <strong>of</strong> light.<br />
Sketch the Twin paradox and its interpretation.<br />
Lec 7&8 Wk 4 Relativity <strong>of</strong> velocities. Velocity addition.<br />
Transformations between 3 frames <strong>of</strong> reference.<br />
Spacetime interval and the concept <strong>of</strong> Lorentz invariance.<br />
Basic concepts <strong>of</strong> world line, light cone and causality.<br />
PC 3 Wk 5 Practise tasks for velocity addition.<br />
Practise calculations using spacetime interval.<br />
Lec 9&10 Wk 5 A new type <strong>of</strong> energy (E=mc2).<br />
A new look at energy and momentum.<br />
Relations <strong>of</strong> relativistic energy and momentum, units.<br />
Energy-mass conservation and applications.<br />
PC 4 Wk 6 Practise calculations using energy-momentum formulas.<br />
Practise calculations <strong>of</strong> relativistic collisions.<br />
Particle creations.<br />
Lec 11&12 Wk 6 Photons and the need <strong>of</strong> a quantum theory <strong>of</strong> light.<br />
Black body radiation.<br />
Planck's quantum.<br />
Einstein's completion <strong>of</strong> Planck's quantum.<br />
Experimental evidence for energy-momentum conservation for light : Photoelectric<br />
effect, Compton effect.<br />
PC 5 Wk 7 Sketch experiemental set-ups <strong>of</strong> photo-electric effect.<br />
Practise the derivation <strong>of</strong> the theoretical explanation <strong>of</strong> the Compton effect.
Lec 13&14 Wk 7 Atoms : brief history.<br />
Atomic spectra.<br />
Thompson's pudding.<br />
Rutherford and the nucleus.<br />
Franck-Hertz experiment.<br />
Stern-Gerlach experiement.<br />
PC 6 Wk 8 Sketch the experimental set-ups <strong>of</strong> Rutherford, Franck-Hertz and Stern-Gerlach<br />
experiments and their interpretation.<br />
Lec 15&16 Wk 8 Bohr's theory <strong>of</strong> the atom : successes and short comings.<br />
Hydrogen spectrum, Rydberg constant and principal quantum numbers.<br />
The concept <strong>of</strong> the Laser.<br />
PC 7 Wk 9 Sketch the idea <strong>of</strong> Bohr's theory <strong>of</strong> the atom.<br />
Practise simple calculations <strong>of</strong> H-spectrum series.<br />
Sketch the Laser principle.<br />
Lec 17&18 Wk 9 De Broglie waves and group velocity.<br />
Experimental evidence <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves : scattering experiements <strong>of</strong><br />
electrons, <strong>of</strong> X-rays, and <strong>of</strong> neutrons.<br />
Bohr's principle <strong>of</strong> complementarity.<br />
Statistical interpretation <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves (and sneak preview to Schroedinger<br />
equations).<br />
PC 8 Wk 10 Explain de Broglie waves and why they need a statistical interpretation.<br />
Sketch the experimental set-up <strong>of</strong> at least one experiement which pro<strong>of</strong>s the<br />
concept <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves.<br />
Lec 19&20 Wk 10 Quantum mechanical measurements and the Feynman perspective.<br />
Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.<br />
Identity principle <strong>of</strong> microscopic particles.<br />
Basic concepts <strong>of</strong> quantum statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics.<br />
The discovery <strong>of</strong> anti-matter.<br />
The discovery <strong>of</strong> Bose-Einstein Condensates.<br />
PC 9 Wk 11 Sketch and explain the Feynman perspective.<br />
Sketch and explain the implications <strong>of</strong> a quantum mechanical measurement and<br />
the Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.<br />
Explain the basic idea behind quantum statistics.<br />
Lec 21&22 Wk 11 Complex atoms and nuclei.<br />
Periodic system <strong>of</strong> elements.<br />
Nuclear decay, nuclear reactors, nuclear fission.<br />
Selected contemporary applications <strong>of</strong> quantum and relativistic effects.<br />
Outlook: Particle physics, astrophysics, cosmology and the need <strong>of</strong> a new theory.<br />
PC 10 Wk 12 Practise exam-style questions.<br />
Lec 23&24 Wk 12 Summarising thoughts.<br />
Revision relativity.<br />
Revision quantum theory.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley (mainly Chapters 37 and<br />
38)<br />
Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />
Additional, selected literature recommendations:<br />
"Dynamics and Relativity" by J.R. Forshaw and A.G. Smith<br />
"Dynamics and Relativity" by J.R. Forshaw and A.G. Smith<br />
"Principles <strong>of</strong> Quantum Mechanics" by D.J. Blochinzev<br />
"QED the strange theory <strong>of</strong> light and matter" by R.F. Feynman<br />
"The elegant Universe" by B. Greene<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Written examination 3 hours 2 60 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
Mastering Physics<br />
homeworks<br />
10 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
2 10 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is partially<br />
not marked<br />
anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title WORKING WITH PHYSICS I<br />
2. Module Code PHYS105<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
27<br />
= 10 x 1/2<br />
lectures/week<br />
sem 1 + 6 x 2<br />
lectures/week<br />
sem 2<br />
32<br />
= 10 x 2-hour<br />
workshops sem 1<br />
50% <strong>of</strong> marks + 6 x<br />
2-hour workshops<br />
sem 2 15% <strong>of</strong> marks<br />
18. Non-contact hours 91<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent) A student cannot register for both PHYS105 and PHYS134<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
59<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F3F5 (1) F521 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F7 (1)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop skills with spreadsheets<br />
To develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculations<br />
To illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational s<strong>of</strong>tware packages<br />
To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written and oral<br />
formats<br />
To provide students with a broad introduction to astronomy<br />
To describe how telescopes and detectors are used to make observations<br />
To explain how observations support our understanding <strong>of</strong> stars, galaxies, and the Universe as a whole<br />
To introduce students to the methods by which astronomers measure the brightness and distance <strong>of</strong><br />
astronomical objects<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical<br />
equations<br />
An ability to apply mathematical s<strong>of</strong>tware packages to physics problems<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> how to present results by computer<br />
The ability to communicate more confidently<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the structure and constituents <strong>of</strong> the Universe ranging in scale from the Solar<br />
System to clusters <strong>of</strong> galaxies<br />
The ability to outline the methods which astronomers employ to gather and analyse data<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques <strong>of</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance <strong>of</strong> astronomical objects<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the current cosmological model and the evidence supporting it<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Students will attend 15 lectures and 10 x 2 hour training sessions on applications <strong>of</strong> PCs and workshops on<br />
communication skills in Physics in semester 1.<br />
Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />
Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.<br />
Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.<br />
Important elements <strong>of</strong> good communication in oral presentations, written reports<br />
(including laboratory reports).<br />
Basic concepts: The Earth in space, the Solar System<br />
Instrumentation: Telescopes, Reflectors versus refractors, types <strong>of</strong> mount, foci,<br />
image scale, ground versus space<br />
Detectors: Photometers, photography, CCD, introduction to imaging and<br />
spectroscopy<br />
Measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance: Magnitude system, Hertzprung-Russell<br />
diagram, evolution <strong>of</strong> stars, types <strong>of</strong> galaxy, distance ladder.<br />
Issues in Contemporary Astronomy: the Big Bang and the fate <strong>of</strong> the Universe;<br />
protostars; black holes; the missing mass problem; the search for extra solar<br />
planets; gamma-ray bursters.
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Universe" by Freedman and Kaufman (Freeman)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Written examination 90 minutes 2 35 August To pass the module<br />
must pass the<br />
examination and the<br />
continuous<br />
assessment.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
16 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1+2 65 Exemption applied<br />
for<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
sem 1: 10 x 2 hr:<br />
50% sem 2: 6 x 2 hr:<br />
15% To pass the<br />
module must pass<br />
the examination and<br />
the continuous<br />
assessment.<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title PRACTICAL PHYSICS I<br />
2. Module Code PHYS106<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr NK McCauley Physics N.McCauley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Laboratory/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr DT Joss Physics David.Joss@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr KM Hock Physics K.M.Hock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
132 132<br />
18. Non-contact hours 18<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A-Level or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS259<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F5 (1) F300 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) BCG0 (1) F350 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide a core <strong>of</strong> essential introductory laboratory methods which overlap and develop from A-Level<br />
To introduce the basis <strong>of</strong> experimental techniques in physical measurement, the use <strong>of</strong> computer<br />
techniques in analysis, and to provide experience in doing experiments, keeping records and writing<br />
reports.<br />
To compliment the core physics program with experimental examples <strong>of</strong> material taught in the lecture<br />
courses.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Experienced the practical nature <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />
Developed an awareness <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> accurate experimentation, particularly observation, record<br />
keeping.<br />
Developed the ability to plan, execute and report on the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation using appropriate<br />
analysis <strong>of</strong> the data and associated uncertainties<br />
Developed the practical and technical skill required for physics experimentation and an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
importance <strong>of</strong> a systematic approach to experimental measurement.<br />
Developed problem solving skills <strong>of</strong> a practical nature<br />
Developed analytical skills in the analysis <strong>of</strong> the data<br />
Developed communication skills in the presentation <strong>of</strong> the investigation in a clear and logical manner<br />
Developed investgative skills in performing the experiment and extracting information from various<br />
sources with which to compare the results<br />
Developed the ability to organise their time and meet deadlines<br />
Understand the interaction between theory and experiment, in particular the ties to the material presented<br />
in the lecture courses.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The module is split into 3 parts<br />
1. Introduction to measuring instruments and data analysis<br />
Three sessions are spent introudcing the basic concepts <strong>of</strong> the laboratory class and introducing basic laboratory<br />
skills and ideas.<br />
2. Foundation Experiments<br />
Eight experiments are spent learning about different experimental techniques and instrumentation.<br />
3. Core Experiments<br />
Eleven experiments are spent investigating core physics concepts that are covered in the lectures from the first<br />
and second year <strong>of</strong> the core physics program.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Introductory Experiments<br />
Introduction to Measurement by mesurement <strong>of</strong> thermal expansion.<br />
Introduction to Experimental Errors with a simple pendulum and a gieger counter.<br />
Erorr Analysis via selected exercizes<br />
Foundation experiments.<br />
Kirchov's Laws<br />
Capacitors and Inductors<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
LCR Circuits<br />
Rectification<br />
Stefans Law and the Properties <strong>of</strong> a Thermistor<br />
Hookes Law<br />
Geometrical Optics<br />
Liquid Nitrogen Experiment<br />
Core experiments<br />
Young and Friedman: <strong>University</strong> Physics<br />
A Laboratory Manual is Provided<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Three Introductory<br />
Experiments<br />
Eight Foundation<br />
Experiments<br />
Eleven Core<br />
Experimetns<br />
Rutherford Scattering<br />
Attenuation <strong>of</strong> Gamma Rays in Different Materials<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> Electronics<br />
Milikans Experiment<br />
Diffraction <strong>of</strong> Light<br />
Speed <strong>of</strong> Sound<br />
Properties <strong>of</strong> the Electron<br />
Capacitance and Electrostatics<br />
Electromagnetic Induction<br />
The Ideal Gas Equation<br />
Diffraction and Interference <strong>of</strong> Microwaves<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
18 hours 1 8 Exemption applied<br />
for<br />
48 hours 1 32 Exemption applied<br />
for<br />
66 hours 2 60 Exemption applied<br />
for<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS I<br />
2. Module Code PHYS107<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr DT Joss Physics David.Joss@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> TJ Greenshaw Physics Green@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
Mathematical Sciences<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> AE Faraggi Mathematical Sciences Alon.Faraggi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
33<br />
= 11 x 3<br />
lectures/week<br />
22<br />
= 11 x 2-hour<br />
workshops<br />
18. Non-contact hours 95<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
1 2hr (double lecture)<br />
slot each week except<br />
Week 1<br />
55<br />
Problem Classes: 1<br />
2hr slot each week<br />
on a later day than<br />
the lectures, in an<br />
appropriate learning<br />
environment<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F660 (1) F656 (1) F640 (1) F641<br />
(1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide a foundation for the mathematics required by physical scientists.<br />
To assist students in acquiring the skills necessary to use the mathematics developed in the module.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to demonstrate:<br />
a good working knowledge <strong>of</strong> differential and integral calculus<br />
familiarity with some <strong>of</strong> the elementary functions common in applied mathematics and science<br />
an introductory knowledge <strong>of</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> several variables<br />
manipulation <strong>of</strong> complex numbers and use them to solve simple problems involving fractional powers<br />
an introductory knowledge <strong>of</strong> series<br />
a good rudimentary knowledge <strong>of</strong> simple problems involving statistics: binomial and Poisson distributions,<br />
mean, standard deviation, standard error <strong>of</strong> mean<br />
have an introductory knowledge <strong>of</strong> vector algebra<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />
students withthe main concepts <strong>of</strong> mathematics and illustrate these with reference to physics applications.<br />
The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />
lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />
intellectual focus is on transfer <strong>of</strong> knowledge to new situations and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new<br />
problems.<br />
Students are also expected to complete further problems as exercises on an individual basis using MyMathLab<br />
online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through MyMathLab. The intellectual focus will be<br />
on exercising known material.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Lec 1&2 Wk 2 Fundamentals<br />
Introduction to statistics. Binomial and Poisson distributions, mean, standard<br />
deviation, standard error on mean, chi-squared, application to experimental<br />
analysis.<br />
PC 1 Wk 2 Problem set 1 - Statistics.<br />
Lec 3&4 Wk 3 Vectors<br />
Scalar and vector products.<br />
Simple vector equations.<br />
Applications <strong>of</strong> vectors to solving physics problems.<br />
PC 2 Wk 3 Problem set 2 - Vectors.<br />
Lec 5&6 Wk 4 Differentiation I<br />
Basics <strong>of</strong> differentiation
The product rule.<br />
PC 3 Wk 4 Problem set 3 - Differentiation I.<br />
Lec 7&8 Wk 5 Differentiation II<br />
The chain rule.<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> differentiation to solving physical problems.<br />
PC 4 Wk 5 Problem set 4 - Differentiation II.<br />
Lec 9&10 Wk 6 Partial Differentiation.<br />
Applications <strong>of</strong> partial differentiation to finding solutions to physics problems.<br />
PC 5 Wk 6 Problem set 5 - Partial differentiation.<br />
Lec 11&12 Wk 7 Integration I.<br />
Basics <strong>of</strong> integration.<br />
Integration <strong>of</strong> the function <strong>of</strong> a function.<br />
Definite integrals.<br />
Volumes <strong>of</strong> rotation.<br />
PC 6 Wk 7 Problem set 6 - Integration I.<br />
Lec 13&14 Wk 8 Integration II.<br />
Integration by substitution.<br />
Trigonometric integration.<br />
Integration by parts.<br />
Integration by partial fractions.<br />
PC 7 Wk 8 Problem set 7 - Integration II<br />
Lec 15&16 Wk 9 Integration III.<br />
Multi-dimensional integration.<br />
PC 8 Wk 9 Problem set 8 - Integration III<br />
Lec 17&18 Wk 10 Introduction to Series.<br />
Arithmetic Series.<br />
Geometric Series.<br />
Taylor and Maclaurin Series.<br />
PC 9 Wk 10 Problem set 9 - Series.<br />
Lec 19&20 Wk 11 Polar coordinate systems.<br />
Spherical polar coordinates.<br />
Cylindrical polar coordinates.<br />
Using polar coordinates to find simple solutions to physical problems.<br />
PC 10 Wk 11 Problem set 10 - Polar coordinate systems.<br />
Lec 21&22 Wk 12 Complex Numbers<br />
PC 11 Wk 12 Problem set 11 - Complex Numbers<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Calculus: a complete course." by Adam and Essex, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
Access Code for MyMathLab.com/global required.<br />
Access Code for MyMathLab.com/global required.<br />
"Engineering Mathematics" by K.A. Stroud.<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Written examination 3 hours 1 70 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
Mastering Physics<br />
homework<br />
10 x 2<br />
hours<br />
5 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 20 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
1 10 Summer Vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS II<br />
2. Module Code PHYS108<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> TJ Greenshaw Physics Green@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr J Kretzschmar Physics Jan.Kretzschmar@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
Mathematical Sciences<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
36<br />
= 12 x 3<br />
lectures/week<br />
24<br />
= 12 x 2-hour<br />
workshops<br />
18. Non-contact hours 90<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
One 2 hour (double<br />
lecture) slot each week<br />
One 2 hour Problems<br />
Class each week<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
60<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F640 (1) F641 (1) F656 (1) F660<br />
(1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To consolidate and extend the understanding <strong>of</strong> mathematics required for the physical sciences.<br />
To develop student’s ability to apply the mathematical techniques developed in the module to the<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> physical problems.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
After successfully completing this module, students should:<br />
Be able to manipulate matrices with confidence and use matrix methods to solve simultaneous linear<br />
equations.<br />
Be familiar with methods for solving first and second order differential equations in one variable.<br />
Have a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> vector algebra.<br />
Have a basic understanding <strong>of</strong> Fourier series and transforms.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes.<br />
Mathematical techniques will be introduced in the lectures, together with examples <strong>of</strong> their application in physics<br />
and astrophysics. In the problems classes, students, working in small groups, will be required to use these<br />
techniques to solve a series <strong>of</strong> graduated questions and problems. The classes will be overseen by the lecturer,<br />
other staff and demonstrators, who will <strong>of</strong>fer assistance as needed. The students work will be handed in and<br />
assessed at the end <strong>of</strong> the class.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Lectures Matrices- addition, multiplication, determinant, inverse, solution <strong>of</strong> systems <strong>of</strong><br />
linear equations.<br />
Differential equations – first and second order Diff. Eqn.s in one variable,<br />
separation <strong>of</strong> variables, integrating factors, homogenous (and inhomogeneous?)<br />
equations.<br />
Vector calculus – differentiation and integration <strong>of</strong> vectors, vector and scalar<br />
fields, Grad, Div, Curl and Laplace in Cartesian Co-ord.s.<br />
Mention Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations and different coordinate systems.<br />
Series solutions, Legendre polynomials, mention spherical harmonics and<br />
Schrödinger’s equation.<br />
Fourier series, periodic functions, even and odd expansions.<br />
Fourier integrals and transforms.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Adams<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Written examination 3 hours 2 70 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
10 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title WORKING WITH MEDICAL PHYSICS I<br />
2. Module Code PHYS115<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr HC Boston Physics H.C.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
27<br />
= 10 x 1/2<br />
lectures/week<br />
sem 1 + 6 x 2<br />
lectures/week<br />
sem 2<br />
32<br />
= 10 x 2-hour<br />
workshops sem 1<br />
50% <strong>of</strong> marks + 6 x<br />
2-hour workshops<br />
sem 2 15% <strong>of</strong> marks<br />
18. Non-contact hours 91<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent) A student cannot register for both PHYS115 and PHYS136<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
59<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F350 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F7 (1)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop skills with spreadsheets<br />
To develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculations<br />
To illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational s<strong>of</strong>tware packages<br />
To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written and oral<br />
formats<br />
To provide the students with a broad introduction to medical physics<br />
To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in medicine<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical<br />
equations<br />
An ability to apply mathematical s<strong>of</strong>tware packages to physics problems<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> how to present results by computer<br />
The ability to communicate more confidently<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />
A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in medical physics<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in medicine<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in medical applications<br />
The ability to solve simple problems in medical physics<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Students will attend 15 lectures and 10 x 2 hour training sessions on applications <strong>of</strong> PCs and workshops on<br />
communication skills in Physics in semester 1.<br />
Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />
Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.<br />
Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.<br />
Important elements <strong>of</strong> good communication in oral presentations, written reports<br />
(including laboratory reports).<br />
Physics <strong>of</strong> the Body<br />
Forces: loading <strong>of</strong> muscular and skeletal systems<br />
Vision: basic optics <strong>of</strong> the eye, defects <strong>of</strong> vision and their correction.<br />
Hearing: the ear as a detection system, sensitivity, frequency response, threshold<br />
<strong>of</strong> hearing, defects <strong>of</strong> hearing.<br />
Heart: the heart as an electromechanical pump, electrical signal generation,<br />
measurement <strong>of</strong> ECGs, defibrillation, blood pressure.<br />
Measurement and Imaging<br />
Electrical signals and their generation and detection. Simple ECG machines and<br />
waveforms.<br />
Ultrasound imaging, generation and detection <strong>of</strong> ultrasound pulses (piezoelectric<br />
devices), advantages and disadvantages.
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Production <strong>of</strong> magnetic resonance imaging.<br />
Properties <strong>of</strong> laser radiation and applications.<br />
X-ray imaging, principles <strong>of</strong> production and detection, absorption and attenuation<br />
<strong>of</strong> X-rays. Imaging, contrast enhancement and photographic detection, diffraction<br />
enhanced imaging.<br />
Nuclear imaging, CT, PET and SPECT. The decay process, interaction with<br />
matter, reconstruction <strong>of</strong> image.<br />
There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />
1) "Physics in Nuclear Medicine" by Cherry, Sorenson and Phelps : ISBN 072168341X<br />
2) "Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications" by Lilley : ISBN 0471979368<br />
3) "<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Written examination 90 minutes 2 35 August To pass the module<br />
must pass the<br />
examination and the<br />
continuous<br />
assessment.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
16 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1+2 65 Exemption applied<br />
for<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
sem 1: 10 x 2 hr:<br />
50% sem 2: 6 x 2 hr:<br />
15% To pass the<br />
module must pass<br />
the examination and<br />
the continuous<br />
assessment.<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ASTRONOMY FUNDAMENTALS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS134<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr PA James Physics P.James@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lect/Seminar/Grp Work<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 12 12<br />
24<br />
Hours<br />
Problems Classes<br />
18. Non-contact hours 51<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
A-Level or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F390 (2) F350 (2) F352 (2) F300 (2) F303 (2)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide students with a broad introduction to astronomy.<br />
To explain how observations support our undertanding <strong>of</strong> stars, galaxies, and the Universe as a whole.<br />
To introduce students to the methods by which astronomers measure the brightnesses and distances <strong>of</strong><br />
astronomical objects.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the structure and constituents <strong>of</strong> the Universe ranging in scale from the Solar<br />
System to clusters <strong>of</strong> galaxies.<br />
The ability to outline the methods which astronomers employ to gather and analyse data.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques <strong>of</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance <strong>of</strong> astronomical objects.<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the current cosmological model and the evidence supporting it.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />
Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS134 Basic concepts (2 lectures): The Earth in space; The Solar System.<br />
Instrumentation (3 lectures): Telescopes; reflectors versus refractors, types <strong>of</strong><br />
mount, foci, image scale, ground versus space etc. Detectors; photometers,<br />
photography, the CCD. Introduction to imaging and spectroscopy.<br />
Measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance (7 lectures): The magnitude system.<br />
The Hertzprung-Russell diagram. Evolution <strong>of</strong> stars. Types <strong>of</strong> galaxy. The<br />
distance ladder.<br />
Issues in Contemporary Astronomy (3 lectures): For example: the Big Bang and<br />
the fate <strong>of</strong> the Universe; protostars; black holes; the missing mass problem; the<br />
search for extra solar planets; gamma-ray bursters.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Universe" by Freedman and Kaufman (Freeman)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 90 minutes 2 70 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Problem Classes 6 x 2<br />
hours<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title WORKING WITH NUCLEAR SCIENCE I<br />
2. Module Code PHYS135<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
27<br />
= 10 x 1/2<br />
lectures/week<br />
sem 1 + 6 x 2<br />
lectures/week<br />
sem 2<br />
32<br />
= 10 x 2-hour<br />
workshops sem 1<br />
50% <strong>of</strong> marks + 6 x<br />
2-hour workshops<br />
sem 2 15% <strong>of</strong> marks<br />
18. Non-contact hours 91<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A Level (or equivalent) A student cannot register for both PHYS135 and PHYS138<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
59
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F390 (1)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F7 (1)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop skills with spreadsheets<br />
To develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculations<br />
To illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational s<strong>of</strong>tware packages<br />
To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written and oral<br />
formats<br />
To provide the students with a broad introduction to nuclear science<br />
To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in nuclear science<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical<br />
equations<br />
An ability to apply mathematical s<strong>of</strong>tware packages to physics problems<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> how to present results by computer<br />
The ability to communicate more confidently<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />
A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in nuclear science<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in nuclear science<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in nuclear applications<br />
The ability to solve simple problems in nuclear science<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Students will attend 15 lectures and 10 x 2 hour training sessions on applications <strong>of</strong> PCs and workshops on<br />
communication skills in Physics in semester 1.<br />
Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />
Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.<br />
Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.<br />
Important elements <strong>of</strong> good communication in oral presentations, written reports<br />
(including laboratory reports).<br />
Radioactivity, decay modes <strong>of</strong> unstable nuclei. Naturally occurring and man-made<br />
radionuclides.<br />
Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with materials; radiation dose and units, absorbed dose,<br />
exposure. Range <strong>of</strong> alphas, betas, gammas and neutrons in materials. Radiation<br />
shielding.<br />
Internal radiation dose, medical uses (therapy and imaging).<br />
Nuclear waste; high, intermediate, low level, options for storage.<br />
Radiation detection and measurement; simple radiation meters, personal<br />
dosimeters and film badges, spectroscopic systems.<br />
Activation analysis using thermal neutrons.<br />
Mass and energy, nuclear reactions.<br />
Fission; induction by thermal neutrons, chain reaction, moderators, control <strong>of</strong> the<br />
reaction, choice <strong>of</strong> materials. Safety aspects. Artificial transmutation.<br />
Fusion; nuclear reactions, simple description <strong>of</strong> fusion reactors (JET, ITER),<br />
applications <strong>of</strong> fusion reactions to astrophysics.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />
1) Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications : Lilley : ISBN 0471979368<br />
2) <strong>University</strong> Physics : Young and Freedman : Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Written examination 90 minutes 2 35 August To pass the module<br />
must pass the<br />
examination and the<br />
continuous<br />
assessment.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
workshops<br />
16 x 2<br />
hours<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1+2 65 Exemption applied<br />
for<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
sem 1: 10 x 2 hr:<br />
50% sem 2: 6 x 2 hr:<br />
15% To pass the<br />
module must pass<br />
the examination and<br />
the continuous<br />
assessment.
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS136<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr HC Boston Physics H.C.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 12 12<br />
24<br />
Hours<br />
Problems Classes<br />
18. Non-contact hours 51<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
A-Level Physics or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F303 (2) F350 (2) F3F5 (2) F3F7 (2) F300 (2) F352 (2) F390 (2) F521 (2)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide the students with a broad introduction to medical physics.<br />
To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in medicine.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in medical<br />
physics.<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in medicine.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in medical applications.<br />
The ability to solve simple problems in medical physics.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />
Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS136 Physics <strong>of</strong> the body<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Forces: loading <strong>of</strong> muscular and skeletal systems<br />
Vision: basic optics <strong>of</strong> the eye, defects <strong>of</strong> vision and their correction.<br />
Hearing: the ear as a detection system, sensitivity, frequency response, threshold <strong>of</strong><br />
hearing, defects <strong>of</strong> hearing.<br />
Heart: the heart as an electromechanical pump, electrical signal generation,<br />
measurement <strong>of</strong> ECGs, defibrillation, blood pressure.<br />
Measurement and imaging<br />
Electrical signals and their generation and detection. Simple ECG machines and<br />
waveforms.<br />
Ultrasound imaging, generation and detection <strong>of</strong> ultrasound pulses (piezoelectric<br />
devices), advantages and disadvantages.<br />
Production <strong>of</strong> magnetic resonance imaging.<br />
Properties <strong>of</strong> laser radiation and applications.<br />
X-ray imaging, principles <strong>of</strong> production and detection, absorption and attenuation <strong>of</strong> Xrays.<br />
Imaging, contrast enhancement and photographic detection, diffraction enhanced<br />
imaging.<br />
Nuclear imaging, CT, PET and SPECT. The decay process, interaction with matter,<br />
reconstruction <strong>of</strong> image.<br />
There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />
1) "Physics in Nuclear Medicine" by Cherry, Sorenson and Phelps : ISBN 072168341X<br />
2) "Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications" by Lilley : ISBN 0471979368
3) "<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 90 minutes 2 70 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Problem Classes 6 x 2<br />
hours<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title VISUAL OPTICS I<br />
2. Module Code PHYS137<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr NK McCauley Physics N.McCauley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Miss HP Orton School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences H.P.Orton@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
12 12 15 39<br />
18. Non-contact hours 36<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
GCSE pass (grade C) in Mathematics<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS237<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
B520 (1)
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide the student with a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> optics including the necessary mathematical (with<br />
emphasis on alegebra and trigonometry) and theoretical skills<br />
To provide opportunities to apply the knowledge gained<br />
To provide the student with practical experience <strong>of</strong> simple optical systems to illustrate and support lecture<br />
material<br />
To provide appropriate preparation for the PHYS237 Visual Optics II module in Year 2<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student will be able to:<br />
Explain the principle <strong>of</strong> basic geometric optics: reflection and refraction <strong>of</strong> light and the optical principles <strong>of</strong><br />
thin lenses<br />
Explain the operation <strong>of</strong> the eye as an optical system<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The module will be delivered by way <strong>of</strong> a series <strong>of</strong> lectures with problem-solving sessions (tutorials within the<br />
Physics Department and Division <strong>of</strong> Orthoptics). A laboratory session will also be run to demonstrate the<br />
principles from the lectures in a lab environment. Formative assessments will be <strong>of</strong>fered to students in order to<br />
monitor their own understanding and performance.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS137 Mathematical Skills (1 hour)<br />
Algebra and trigonometry<br />
Geometric Optics (8 hours)<br />
Reflection <strong>of</strong> light<br />
Reflection at a plane surface (plane mirrors)<br />
Reflection at spherical reflecting surfaces (concave and convex mirrors) and<br />
image formation<br />
Calculation <strong>of</strong> position <strong>of</strong> images and magnification<br />
Ray tracing <strong>of</strong> reflection<br />
Refraction <strong>of</strong> light<br />
Snell's Law <strong>of</strong> refraction<br />
Refractive index<br />
Total internal reflection<br />
Refraction <strong>of</strong> light through a prism<br />
Factors affecting refraction through a prism<br />
Notation <strong>of</strong> prisms - prism dioptre, centrad, apparent deviation and refracting<br />
angle<br />
Calibration <strong>of</strong> prisms<br />
Prismatic effect <strong>of</strong> lenses (Prentice rule) with calculations<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> prisms in orthoptic practice<br />
Decentration <strong>of</strong> lenses<br />
Refraction <strong>of</strong> light at a curved surface<br />
Spherical lenses - concave and convex<br />
Cylindrical lenses - toric surfaces and toric lenses and interval <strong>of</strong> Sturm<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> cylindrical lenses to Maddox Rod<br />
Dispersion <strong>of</strong> light<br />
Optical Properties <strong>of</strong> Thin Lenses<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Ray tracing through a thin lens<br />
Thin lens formula<br />
Dioptric power <strong>of</strong> lenses - vergence<br />
Magnification formulae (linear and angular)<br />
Spherical lens decentration and prism power<br />
Calculations and ray tracings<br />
The Eye as a Thick Lens and Refraction by the Eye (3 hours)<br />
Thick lens theory - cardinal points and the thick lens in air<br />
Combination <strong>of</strong> lenses: as a thick lens and ray tracing through a thick lens<br />
Schematic eye<br />
Reduced eye and construction <strong>of</strong> retinal image<br />
Refractive errors - myopia and hypermetropia, asigmatism and correcting lenses<br />
Catoptric images - Purkinje-Sanson<br />
"Clinical Optics" by A R Elkington and HJ Frank, published by Blackwell Scientific Publishing<br />
"Duke Elder's Practice <strong>of</strong> Refraction" Revised by D Abrams, published by Churchill Livingstone. Out <strong>of</strong> Print,<br />
available in the library.<br />
"Physics for Opthalmologists" Edited by D J Coster, published by Churchill Livingstone<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Written Examination 1 hour 1 70 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Laboratory Reports 1 30 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO NUCLEAR SCIENCE<br />
2. Module Code PHYS138<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level One<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 12 12<br />
24<br />
Hours<br />
Problems Classes<br />
18. Non-contact hours 51<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
A-Level Physics or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F350 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2) F300 (2)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide the students with a broad introduction to nuclear science.<br />
To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in nuclear science.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in nuclear<br />
science.<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in nuclear science.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in nuclear applications.<br />
The ability to solve simple problems in nuclear science.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />
Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS138 Radioactivity, decay modes <strong>of</strong> unstable nuclei. Naturally occurring and man-made<br />
radionuclides.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with materials; radiation dose and units, absorbed dose,<br />
exposure. Range <strong>of</strong> alphas, betas, gammas and neutrons in materials. Radiation<br />
shielding.<br />
Internal radiation dose, medical uses (therapy and imaging).<br />
Nuclear waste; high, intermediate, low level, options for storage.<br />
Radiation detection and measurement; simple radiation meters, personal dosimeters<br />
and film badges, spectroscopic systems.<br />
Activation analysis using thermal neutrons.<br />
Mass and energy, nuclear reactions.<br />
Fission; induction by thermal neutrons, chain reaction, moderators, control <strong>of</strong> the<br />
reaction, choice <strong>of</strong> materials. Safety aspects. Artificial transmutation.<br />
Fusion; nuclear reactions, simple description <strong>of</strong> fusion reactors (JET, ITER),<br />
applications <strong>of</strong> fusion reactions to astrophysics.<br />
There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />
1) Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications : Lilley : ISBN 0471979368<br />
2) <strong>University</strong> Physics : Young and Freedman : Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 90 minutes 2 70 August<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Problem Classes 6 x 2<br />
hours<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />
examination<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title VISUAL OPTICS II<br />
2. Module Code PHYS237<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> TJV Bowcock Physics Themis.Bowcock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Allport Physics Allport@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics Board <strong>of</strong> Studies<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Laboratory<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Miss HP Orton School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences H.P.Orton@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
12 6 15 33<br />
18. Non-contact hours 42<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS137<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
"Clinical Visual Optics" and "Vision Science and Opthalmology" modules in Year 3<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
B520 (2)
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide the student with a further basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> optics including the necessary mathematical and<br />
theoretical skills<br />
To provide the student with opportunities to apply knowledge gained<br />
To provide the student with practical experience <strong>of</strong> physical optics, the eye as a thick lens, lens<br />
aberrations and instrumental optics to illustrate and support lecture material<br />
To provide the student with the appropriate preparation for the Clinical Visual Optics module in Year 3<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> this module the student should be able to:<br />
Illustrate the fundamental phenomena <strong>of</strong> physical optics; the properties <strong>of</strong> light, the interaction <strong>of</strong> light with<br />
matter, light sources and colour<br />
Illustrate the origin <strong>of</strong> aberrations and more specifically, spherical and chromatic aberration aberrations<br />
and astigmatism<br />
Interpret the principles <strong>of</strong> optical imaging systems<br />
Apply the optical principles to instruments used in the ophthalmological assessment <strong>of</strong> patients<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The module will be delivered by way <strong>of</strong> a series <strong>of</strong> lectures with problem-solving sessions (tutorials within the<br />
Physics Department and Division <strong>of</strong> Orthoptics) and computer-assisted learning opportunities. Formative<br />
assessments will be <strong>of</strong>fered to students in order to monitor their own understanding and performance. Five<br />
laboratory practicals lasting three hours will give the students the opertunity to test the theories being taught in<br />
the lectures and gain practice in making accurate measurements <strong>of</strong> optical systems and recording the results.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
1 Introductory Lecture (1 hour)<br />
2-5 Physical Optics (4 hours)<br />
Properties <strong>of</strong> light<br />
Electromagnetic spectrum - optical radiation, colour<br />
Wave theory <strong>of</strong> light and consequences - interference, diffraction and polarisation<br />
and orthoptc clinical application <strong>of</strong> polarisation.<br />
Interaction <strong>of</strong> light with matter<br />
Refection at irregular surfaces<br />
Absorption, transmission and scattering<br />
Light Sources<br />
Colour<br />
Continuous spectra and spectrum lines<br />
Filters<br />
Lasers<br />
6-8 Lens Aberrations (3 hours)<br />
Aberrations<br />
Spectral sensitivity <strong>of</strong> the eye and the addition <strong>of</strong> colours<br />
Monochromatic aberrations and paraxial aberrations<br />
Spherical Aberrations<br />
Sperical Aberrations and correction <strong>of</strong> spherical aberration in a lens and coma<br />
Aberrations and Astigmatism<br />
Tangential and sagittal planes and reducing astigmatism<br />
Cylindrical and toric lenses<br />
Sturm conoid and astigmatism in the eye<br />
Curvature <strong>of</strong> field and distortion<br />
Chromatic Aberration<br />
Dispersive index<br />
Laboratory assessment <strong>of</strong> chromatic aberrations<br />
Achromatic doublet<br />
Chromatic aberration in the eye<br />
Reducing lens aberrations in spectacle lenses<br />
9-12 Instrumental Optics (4 hours)<br />
General imaging systems<br />
Pinholes<br />
Telescopes - resolution, Rayleigh criterion, Galilean (and Rayleigh)<br />
Microscopes - principles <strong>of</strong> compound<br />
Eyepieces - Huygens (and Ramsden)<br />
Practical considerations for optical instruments - stops, aperture stop, chief ray<br />
and field stop<br />
Optical Systems<br />
Instuments for examining the anterior eye - slit-lamp biomicroscope, operating<br />
microscope, tonometer (keratoscope and keratometer)<br />
Instruments for examining posterior eye - direct opthalmoscope, indirect<br />
opthalmoscope and modification (findus camera)<br />
Instruments for refraction - retinoscope, duochrome test, cross cylinder<br />
Instruments for measuring lenses - focimeter<br />
Lab 1 Measurement <strong>of</strong> Dispersion using a Spectrometer<br />
Lab 2 Measurement <strong>of</strong> the transmisson curves <strong>of</strong> coloured filters<br />
Lab 3 Mixing coloured light and measuring spherical aberations<br />
Lab 4 Measuring chromatic aberations<br />
Lab 5 Building a microscope and telescope from component lenses<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Clinical Optics. Elkington AR, Frank HJ, Greaney MJ (1999). Blackwell Science. Oxford, Third Edition. ISBN:<br />
0632049898<br />
Duke Elder's Practice <strong>of</strong> Refraction (1978), Revised by David Abrams. Churchill Livingstone, Ninth Edition.<br />
ISBN: 0443014787 (Note: Out <strong>of</strong> print but available in the library)<br />
Physics for Opthalmologists. Edited by Coster DJ. Churchill Livingstone, First Edition. ISBN: 0443049351<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 1.5 hrs Semester<br />
2<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
70 August<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Penalty for late Notes<br />
submission
Laboratory Reports 2 30 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title COMMUNICATING SCIENCE<br />
2. Module Code PHYS241<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Workshops<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact<br />
24<br />
24<br />
Hours<br />
Workshop sessions<br />
18. Non-contact hours 51<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 1 Science Programme<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in a wide range <strong>of</strong> contexts<br />
To develop students' understanding <strong>of</strong> some concepts <strong>of</strong>:<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
Science in general<br />
Their particular area <strong>of</strong> science<br />
Other areas <strong>of</strong> science<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An ability to communicate more confidently<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the needs <strong>of</strong> different audiences<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> a variety <strong>of</strong> written and oral media<br />
A broader appreciation <strong>of</strong> science and particular areas <strong>of</strong> science<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The learning and teaching strategy is essentially one <strong>of</strong> Problem Based Learning in the context <strong>of</strong> 3<br />
communication situations. In each case the students will have three-hour workshop sessions, including an<br />
introductory talk, exercises, discussion and production <strong>of</strong> Aims, Objectives and Evaluation Criteria for the<br />
particular situation. The students will then give their presentations in a following session (including written<br />
material) and receive constructive evaluation from each other and the tutor.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
The three communication situations will be:-<br />
1. Undergraduate (Level 1) lecture in student's own discipline.<br />
2. Research talk to scientists (based on departmental research).<br />
3. Presentation about science to a non-specialist audience.<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Workshop Sessions 2 100 None:<br />
N/A as<br />
exemption approved assessment is<br />
10/12/2004 timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
Approx. 50% written<br />
presentations, 50%<br />
oral presentations<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title THE PHYSICS TOOLBOX<br />
2. Module Code PHYS243<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> RN McGrath Physics R.Mcgrath@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr DT Joss Physics David.Joss@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
Mathematical Sciences<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Dr T Moore Physics T.Moore1@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr TM Mohaupt Mathematical Sciences Thomas.Mohaupt@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 24 36<br />
60<br />
Hours<br />
Problems classes<br />
18. Non-contact hours 90<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
As advised by the Physics department<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (2) F300 (2) F521 (2) F3F5 (2) F352 (2) F350 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To reinforce students' prior knowledge <strong>of</strong> mathematical techniques.<br />
To introduce new mathematical techniques for physics modules.<br />
To enhance students' problem-solving abilities through structured application <strong>of</strong> these techniques in<br />
physics.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
After completing the module, students should<br />
have knowledge <strong>of</strong> all the mathematical techniques neccessary for physics and astrophysics<br />
programmes<br />
be able to apply these mathematical techniques in a range <strong>of</strong> physics and astrophysics problems.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The "tool-box" <strong>of</strong> mathematical techniques, together with many examples <strong>of</strong> their implementation in physics<br />
and astrophysics situations, will be introduced in the lectures. The weekly problems classes will require the<br />
students to implement these techniques in a series <strong>of</strong> graduated questions, exercises and problems. These<br />
classes will be overseen by the module teachers and demonstrators, who will <strong>of</strong>fer assistance when required.<br />
The students work will be handed in at the end <strong>of</strong> each session and marked by one <strong>of</strong> the module teachers.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
1 Topic 1: Problem-solving in physics and astrophysics using basic mathematical<br />
techniques<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> key results in complex numbers, vector algebra, determinants and matrices<br />
(multiplication, inverses, eigenvectors and eigenvalues, simultaneous equations),<br />
differentiation, expansion and approximation, integration, summation and averaging<br />
(including chain rule and integration by parts), trigonometry, Fourier series and<br />
analysis. Application to selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />
Topic 2: Scalar and Vector Fields in physics and astrophysics<br />
Differentiation <strong>of</strong> time dependent vectors. Scalar and vector fields. Spatial<br />
differentiation <strong>of</strong> a scalar field. Spatial differentiation <strong>of</strong> a vector field. Line, surface and<br />
volume integrals. Gauss' and Stoke's theorems. Application to selected problems in<br />
physics and astrophysics.<br />
Topic 3: Differential Equations in physics and astrophysics<br />
Formulating and classifying differential equations. Solving first order differential<br />
equations. Solving second order differential equations. Application to selected problems<br />
in physics and astrophysics.<br />
Topic 4: Partial differential equations in physics and astrophysics<br />
Partial differential equations. Solving partial differential equations. Application to<br />
selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />
Topic 5: Particle motion in physics and astrophysics<br />
Kinematics <strong>of</strong> particle motion. Forces and Potentials. Gravity and projectile motion.<br />
Motion <strong>of</strong> charged particle in a magnetic field. Work and Energy. Central forces.<br />
Inverse square laws <strong>of</strong> force. Orbits. The two-body problem. Rotating coordinate<br />
systems. Application to selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The recommended text is:<br />
Topic 6: Rigid body motion in physics and astrophysics<br />
Relativity and relativistic particle mechanics. Centre <strong>of</strong> Mass. Angular momentum.<br />
Moments <strong>of</strong> Inertia. Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems. Euler's equations.<br />
Applications to selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />
Further mathematics for the physical sciences, M. Tinker and R. Lambourne (Wiley)<br />
Several texts can be used as reference books:<br />
Engineering Mathematics, K.A. Stroud<br />
Advanced Engineering Mathematics, K.A. Stroud<br />
Advanced Engineering Mathematics, E. Kreysig<br />
Mathematics for engineers and scientists, A. Jeffrey<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
1 60 August<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Problem Sheets 1 40 Recovery<br />
opportunity in<br />
Summer<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ACCELERATORS AND RADIOISOTOPES IN MEDICINE<br />
2. Module Code PHYS246<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> RD Page Physics R.D.Page@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr HC Boston Physics H.C.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 24 4 24<br />
52<br />
Hours<br />
Poster project<br />
18. Non-contact hours 98<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS136 or PHYS122<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS386<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F350 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce the students to ionising and non ionising radiation including its origins and production.<br />
To introduce the various ways in which radiation interacts with materials.<br />
To introduce the different accelerators and isotopes used in medicine and to give examples <strong>of</strong> their use.<br />
To develop the students presentational skills through the poster project.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the origins <strong>of</strong> radiation and its properties.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> ways in which radiation interacts with materials.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> how accelerators operate and how isotopes are produced.<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> applications <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> accelerators and isotopes in medicine.<br />
Improved presentational skills.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Student Handbook.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Origins and properties <strong>of</strong> radiation:<br />
Types <strong>of</strong> origins and effects <strong>of</strong> ionising and non ionising radiation. Atomic<br />
and nuclear energy levels, radiation <strong>of</strong> atoms and nuclei.<br />
Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with materials:<br />
Photoelectric and Compton effects, pair production. Attenuation and<br />
absorption coefficients. Bethe-Bloch equation for charged particles, linear<br />
energy transfer, stopping power and range, Bragg curve. Interaction <strong>of</strong><br />
microwaves and lasers with materials. Effects <strong>of</strong> radiation on biological<br />
systems. Absorbed, equivalent and effective dose.<br />
Accelerators and isotopes:<br />
Acceleration <strong>of</strong> charged particles, types <strong>of</strong> accelerators used: cyclotrons,<br />
linacs and synchrotrons. Beam species and energies used. Production <strong>of</strong><br />
radioisotopes, properties <strong>of</strong> some common medical isotopes. Microwaves,<br />
basic properties and production.<br />
Examples <strong>of</strong> uses:<br />
Selected examples <strong>of</strong> uses <strong>of</strong> accelerators and isotopes in medical<br />
applications, such as PET, SPECT, X-ray imaging, brachytherapy, IMRT<br />
and heavy ion radiotherapy.<br />
Poser presentation:<br />
This will cover a topic from those listed above.<br />
"Nuclear Physics: Principles & Applications" by John Lilley published by Wiley<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Poster Project<br />
Assessment<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
opportunity submission<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
2 20 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES IN PHYSICS, ASTROPHYSICS & MEDICAL<br />
PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS247<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr P Cole Radiation Protection Pcole@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
6 36 42<br />
18. Non-contact hours 33<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Physics A-Level or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F350 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop skills in programming using a OO language<br />
To use programming techniques to solve problems in physics and/or medical applications <strong>of</strong> physics<br />
To develop skills in modelling the solution to a problem<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working in small groups to solve a problem<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> communicating their results using computer packages<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> programming techniques in an OO programming language<br />
The ability to solve simple problems using a computer program<br />
Understanding the need to plan, properly structure and test computer programs<br />
Set up a model to solve a simple problem<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> working in a small group<br />
Improved communication skills using computer packages<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduage Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS247 Introduction to Java language using a simple program that outputs text and<br />
does simple calculations. This will be used to evaluate simple formulae.<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> more complex programming methods including parameter lists and<br />
loops; use <strong>of</strong> these for numerical integration and more complex mathematical<br />
expressions.<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> arrays, import <strong>of</strong> arrays into Excel and graph drawing.<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> random numbers; generation <strong>of</strong> histograms and gaussians, saving data<br />
to disk.<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> these techniques to problems through the use <strong>of</strong> sample<br />
programs.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Reports on Exercises 2 60 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
Report on Final<br />
Project<br />
2 40 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS248<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr S Burdin Physics S.Burdin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr CP Welsch Physics C.P.Welsch@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr A Wolski Physics A.Wolski@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
22 4 30 56<br />
18. Non-contact hours 94<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS123 or equivalent, MATH186 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To show how information from physical processes may be coded in analogue and digital electronic<br />
signals.<br />
To introduce the basic principles <strong>of</strong> analogue electronic signal processing.<br />
To give an introduction to Boolean algebra and its application to digital signal processing.<br />
To give a brief survey <strong>of</strong> current practice in signal processing technology.<br />
To develop the student's circuit building and problem solving skills as applied to electronic circuits and<br />
logic problems.<br />
To develop the practical and technical skills required for electronics experimentation and an<br />
appreciation <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> a systematic approach to experimental measurement.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> some basic methods <strong>of</strong> generating electrical signals proportional to physical quantities.<br />
The ability to analyse simple circuits involving resistors and capacitors and to determine their response<br />
to sinusoidal and square pulse waveforms.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> three-terminal semiconductor devices and their application to resistance-coupled<br />
amplifiers.<br />
Knowledge about positive and negative feedback and the effect they have on amplifiers.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> binary arithmetic and the use <strong>of</strong> Boolean algebra to analyse the operation <strong>of</strong> basic<br />
combinatorial and sequential logic circuits.<br />
An awareness <strong>of</strong> the principles involved in converting analogue form signals to digital form and vice<br />
versa.<br />
The skill to assemble, test and debug simple circuits involving the use <strong>of</strong> both passive and active<br />
electronic components.<br />
Improved written and oral communication skills.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Signals and components:- sinusoidal and pulse signals, voltage and current<br />
sources, resistive and reactive components.<br />
Linear circuit analysis:- D.C. circuit analysis, Thevenin’s theorem; Revision <strong>of</strong><br />
A.C. analysis using complex numbers; Resistive and reactive networks, analysis<br />
using complex number techniques; Filters, response to sinusoidal and pulse<br />
signals.<br />
Non-linear devices:- Semiconductor properties, p-n junction, use as a diode,<br />
rectification; Electronic control <strong>of</strong> current, 3-terminal devices, properties <strong>of</strong> JFET;<br />
Resistance-coupled voltage amplifier.<br />
Operational amplifiers:- Basic concept, negative feedback and virtual earth<br />
principle; Operational amplifier circuits, amplifier and voltage follower; Function<br />
circuits, addition, subtraction, differentiation and integration.<br />
Digital circuits and logic systems:- 3-terminal devices as switches; Logic gates,<br />
practical logic gate circuits; Boolean algebra, logic analysis via truth tables; de<br />
Morgan’s theorem, examples including XOR gate; Binary addition, decoders and<br />
multiplexers; Minimisation <strong>of</strong> logic expressions, Karnaugh maps.<br />
Sequential logic:- Bistable systems - flip-flops with synchronous and<br />
asynchronous operation; Flip-flops as memory elements - binary counters and<br />
shift registers.<br />
Interfaces:- Digital to analogue (DAC) and analogue to digital (ADC) conversion<br />
- principles; DAC with weighted resistor network; Counter ADC, integrator ADC,<br />
flash ADC.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Timer circuits:- 555 Timer applications.<br />
Practical Syllabus<br />
There are give experiments which are carried out in the same order by all students:<br />
E1 Filters and rectificaction - sections 2 and 3<br />
E2 FET amplifiers and switching circuits - sections 3 and 5<br />
E3 Operational Amplifiers - section 4<br />
E4 Logic Circuits - sections 5 and 6<br />
E5 Interface circuits - section 7<br />
"Analog and Digital Electronics" by P H Beards, published by Prentice Hall<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 70 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Practical Work 2 30 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO STELLAR ASTROPHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS251<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr T Moore Physics T.Moore1@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
30 4 34<br />
18. Non-contact hours 116<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS122 or equivalent and PHYS134<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F3F5 (2) F521 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide students with an understanding <strong>of</strong> the physical processes which determine all aspects <strong>of</strong> the<br />
structure and evolution stars, from their birth to their death.<br />
To enable students to determine the basic physical properties <strong>of</strong> stars via observation (e.g.<br />
determination <strong>of</strong> temperatures, masses and radii etc. using continuum fluxes, broad-band colours, line<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>iles etc).<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
knowledge <strong>of</strong> how the basic physical properties <strong>of</strong> stars can be determined from observation.<br />
an understanding <strong>of</strong> how stellar structure can be probed using observable quantities and simple physical<br />
principles.<br />
an understanding <strong>of</strong> the changes in structure and energy sources for stars throughout their lives.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS251 Introduction & observables<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Hertzsprung-Russell diagram. Observables: Luminosity, colours, temperature.<br />
Measurement <strong>of</strong> stellar parameters (mass, radius, luminosity) and interrelations.<br />
Physical state <strong>of</strong> stars<br />
Hydrostatic equilibrium. The virial theorem and energy sources. Radiative and<br />
convective energy transport mechanisms. The four mechanical equations <strong>of</strong> stellar<br />
structure. Stellar interiors: Equations <strong>of</strong> state. Opacity. Nucleosynthesis.<br />
Introduction to stellar atmospheres<br />
Radiative energy, and flow. Equation <strong>of</strong> Radiative Transport. Line formation at the<br />
atomic level, including excitation and ionization. Line broadening mechanisms.<br />
Stellar evolution<br />
The onset <strong>of</strong> star formation. Jeans mass and length. Cloud fragmentation. Pre-main<br />
sequence evolution - Hayashi contraction. Convective and radiative stars. Scaling<br />
analysis.<br />
Structure <strong>of</strong> stars on the Main sequence and their respective lifetimes. Mass loss.<br />
Solar Neutrinos<br />
Post main sequence evolution - Central fuel exhaustion and core contraction/collapse.<br />
Structure <strong>of</strong> evolving stars and evolutionary tracks on Hertzsprung-Russell diagram.<br />
Low mass stars: helium flash, thermal pulsing, nebulae generation and white dwarf<br />
generation. High mass stars: carbon burning, blue loop excursions, supernova<br />
explosions.<br />
"An Introduction to the Theory <strong>of</strong> Stellar Structure and Evolution" D Prialnik, CUP, published by CUP.<br />
Background Reading:<br />
"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Stars" A C Phillips, Wiley & Sons<br />
"Stellar Astrophysics I: Basic Stellar Observation & Data" E Bohm-Vitense, CUP
"Stellar Astrophysics II: Stellar Atmospheres" E Bohm-Vitense, CUP<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />
Yr2 students only.<br />
Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Case Study Essay 2 20 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title ASTRONOMICAL TECHNIQUES<br />
2. Module Code PHYS252<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
Dr SM Percival Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 6 36 6<br />
48<br />
Hours<br />
Problem Classes<br />
18. Non-contact hours 102<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS134, PHYS111<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS394<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:
F3F5 (2) F521 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop students' understanding <strong>of</strong> various techniques <strong>of</strong> data gathering and analysis in modern<br />
astronomy with particular emphasis on the underlying physics, allied with gaining practical experience<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
knowledge <strong>of</strong> the methods employed in the detection and analysis <strong>of</strong> light.<br />
a clear understanding <strong>of</strong> the methods employed in astronomical photometry.<br />
experience <strong>of</strong> the acquisition, reduction and analysis <strong>of</strong> astronomical data.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See the Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS252 The laboratory-based section <strong>of</strong> the module will consist <strong>of</strong> practical experiments in the<br />
general area <strong>of</strong> detection and analysis <strong>of</strong> light, for example:<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
the resolution <strong>of</strong> a telescope<br />
characteristics <strong>of</strong> an astronomical CCD camera<br />
emission lines <strong>of</strong> atomic hydrogen: The Balmer series<br />
photometry <strong>of</strong> supernova 1995G<br />
measuring galaxy redshift<br />
The lectrue component will concentrate on positional astronomy and astronomical<br />
photometry covering the following areas: signal to noise calculations, detectors, filer<br />
systems, relative and absolute photometry, atmospheric effects, photometric standards.<br />
These lectures will be followed up by an exercise on the analysis <strong>of</strong> real photometric<br />
data <strong>of</strong> clusters, stars, galaxies or variable objects. A written assignment will also be<br />
produced consisting <strong>of</strong> a case study <strong>of</strong> an individual astronomical object.<br />
"Astrophysical Techniques" by C R Kitchin, published by Adam Hilger<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Laboratory Practical<br />
2 50 None:<br />
As university<br />
Work<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
Essay 2 20 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
Photometry Exercise 2 20 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
Class Test 2 10 None:<br />
N/A as<br />
exemption approved assessment is<br />
10/12/2004 timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title THERMODYNAMICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS253<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr DE Hutchcr<strong>of</strong>t Physics Dhcr<strong>of</strong>t@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS124 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS393<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (2) F303 (2) F3F5 (2) F521 (2) F656 (2) F3F7 (3) F352 (2) F350 (2) FG31 (2) F344 (2) F326 (2)<br />
FGH1 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on material presented in the Year 1 module: Thermal Physics<br />
To introduce the concept <strong>of</strong> entropy<br />
To introduce thermodynamic potentials and Maxwell's relations and demonstrate their use<br />
To introduce phase changes and phase equilibrium<br />
To introduce statistical mechanics<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the laws <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics.<br />
Familiarity with entropy and thermodynamic potentials.<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> Maxwell's relations and their use in solving simple problems.<br />
The ability to distinguish between the properties <strong>of</strong> ideal and real gases.<br />
The ability to apply thermodynamics to simple situations involving solids.<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> phase equilibrium and phase changes including the Clausius-Clapeyron equation.<br />
Familiarity with Boltmann distribution, Partition Function and Bridge Equation.<br />
The ability to apply statistical mechanics to paramagnets, harmonic oscillators and gases.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Thermoydnamics:<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> Year 1 Thermoydnamics<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> partial differentiation<br />
Entropy<br />
Thermodynamic potentials<br />
Maxwell's relations<br />
Phonons and heat capacity<br />
Compressible materials<br />
Magnetic systems<br />
Cavity radiation<br />
Phase equilibria<br />
Third law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />
Statistical Mechanics:<br />
Basic concepts (microstates, macrostates, statistical weight, entropy)<br />
Boltmann distribution<br />
Partial function and Bridge equation<br />
Application to Paramagnet and Harmonic Oscillator<br />
Perfect Classical, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Gases<br />
"Thermal Physics" by C B Finn, published by Stanley Thornes<br />
"Statistical Physics" by A M Guenault, published by Chapman and Hall<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
opportunity submission<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August resit for<br />
Yr2 students only.<br />
Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Class Test or IT<br />
Exercises<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
1 20 None:<br />
N/A as<br />
exemption approved assessment is<br />
10/12/2004 timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ELECTROMAGNETISM<br />
2. Module Code PHYS254<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> CT Touramanis Physics C.Touramanis@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> TJ Greenshaw Physics Green@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 30 4 2<br />
36<br />
Hours<br />
Class test<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS123 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS370<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:
F521 (2) F303 (2) F300 (2) F3F5 (2) F656 (2) F350 (2) F352 (2) F3F7 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To consolidate elementary material from Year 1 and to provide the requisite background for further<br />
more advanced study <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves and electromagnetim.<br />
To introduce differential vector analysis in the context <strong>of</strong> electromagnetism.<br />
To introduce the formulation <strong>of</strong> Maxwell's equations in the presence <strong>of</strong> dielectric and magnetic<br />
materials.<br />
To develop the students ability to apply Maxwell's equations to simple problems involving dielectric and<br />
magnetic materials.<br />
To develop the ideas <strong>of</strong> field theories in Physics using electromagnetism as an example.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the application <strong>of</strong> differential analysis to electromagnetism and an understanding <strong>of</strong> the<br />
practical meaning <strong>of</strong> Maxwell's equations in differential form.<br />
Simple knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> how the presence <strong>of</strong> matter affects electrostatics and<br />
magnetostatics and the ability to solve simple problems in these situations.<br />
Knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> how the laws are altered with non static electric and magnetic fields<br />
and an ability to solve simple problems in these situations.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS254 Introduction and necessary mathematics<br />
Electrostatics<br />
Revision: Coulomb's law and the electric field<br />
Revision: Electric flux and Gauss' law<br />
Revision: Circulation and electric potential<br />
Calculating the field from the potential (gradient)<br />
Gauss law in differential form (divergence)<br />
Circulation law in differential form (curl)<br />
Poisson's and Laplace's equations and their solutions<br />
Magnetostatics<br />
Revision: Definition <strong>of</strong> magnetic field and calculation <strong>of</strong> the force<br />
Revision: Calculating the field: the Biot-Savart law<br />
Circulation and Ampere's law in differential form<br />
Magnetic flux and Gauss law in differential form<br />
Magnetic vector potential<br />
Electromagnetism<br />
Faraday's law in differential form<br />
Ampere-Maxwell law in differential form<br />
Maxwell's equations and their solutions<br />
Electrical magnetic fields in materials<br />
Electrostatic fields and conductors (method <strong>of</strong> images)<br />
Electrostatic fields in dielectrics<br />
Magnetostatic fields in materials<br />
Energy in the electric and magnetic fields<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Electrostatic energy<br />
Energy in the magnetic field<br />
Electromagnetic Waves<br />
Derivation from Maxwell's Equations; speed <strong>of</strong> light<br />
Energy flow, poynting vector<br />
Special Relativity<br />
Relativistic invariance <strong>of</strong> charge<br />
Lorentz transformation <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic fields<br />
EM <strong>of</strong> moving charges<br />
"Introduction to Electromadynamics" by D. J. Griffiths, 3rd ed. published by Prentice Hall<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />
Yr2 students only.<br />
Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Class Test or IT<br />
Exercises<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
2 20 None:<br />
N/A as<br />
exemption approved assessment is<br />
10/12/2004 timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title QUANTUM AND ATOMIC PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS255<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 28 4 12<br />
44<br />
Hours<br />
Project<br />
18. Non-contact hours 106<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS122 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS361<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2) F350 (2) F3F5 (2) F521 (2) BCG0 (2) FGH1 (2) F344 (2) FG31 (2) F326 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce students to the concepts <strong>of</strong> quantum theory.<br />
To show how Schrodinger's equation is applied to particle flux and to bound states.<br />
To show how quantum ideas provide an understanding <strong>of</strong> atomic structure.<br />
To develop both written and oral presentation skills.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the reasons why microscopic systems require quantum description and statistical<br />
interpretation.<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the Schrodinger equation and how it is formulated to describe simple physical systems.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the basic technique <strong>of</strong> using Schrodinger's equation and ability to determine solutions<br />
in simple cases.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> how orbital angular momentum is described in quantum mechanics and why there is<br />
a need for spin.<br />
Understanding how the formalism <strong>of</strong> quantum mechanics describes the structure <strong>of</strong> atomic hydrogen<br />
and, schematically, how more complex atoms are described.<br />
Improved written and oral communication skills.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Introduction to wave mechanics (3)<br />
Summary <strong>of</strong> breakdown <strong>of</strong> classical physics and wave nature <strong>of</strong> matter.<br />
Wavefunctions, wave packet and Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.<br />
Normalisation and particle in a box.<br />
Schrodinger equation - plane wave solutions (5)<br />
Shcrodinger equation, boundary conditions and plane wave solutions.<br />
Current density and step potential.<br />
Potential barrier and tunnelling.<br />
Transmission over a barrier, Ramsauer effect.<br />
Bound states (8)<br />
Concept <strong>of</strong> bound states.<br />
Finite potential well.<br />
1-D harmonic oscillator.<br />
Applications <strong>of</strong> the harmonic oscillator.<br />
Zero point energy.<br />
Operators and eigenvalues.<br />
3-D infinite potential.<br />
Orbital angular momentum and 3-D Schrodinger equation applied to a central<br />
potential.<br />
Atomic structure (8)<br />
Comparison <strong>of</strong> Bohr with Schrodinger solutions for hydrogen.<br />
Quantum numbers and spectroscopic notation.<br />
Magnetic moments and Zeeman effect.<br />
Stern Gerlach experiment and spin.<br />
Spin-orbit interaction and Lande g-factor.
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Pauli exclusion principle.<br />
Periodic table and Hunds rule.<br />
Transitions and X-rays.<br />
"Introduction to Quantum Mechanics" by A.C. Phillips, published by Wiley.<br />
"Quantum Physics <strong>of</strong> Atoms, Molecules, Solids, Nuclei & Particles" by Eisberg & Resnick, published by Wiley.<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Science<br />
Communication<br />
Project (Written)<br />
Science<br />
Communication<br />
Project (Oral)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
1 10 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
1 10 Summer vacation N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title NUCLEI, MOLECULES AND SOLIDS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS256<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
21 4 25<br />
18. Non-contact hours 125<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS255 MATH186<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F350 (2) F300 (2) F3F5 (2) F303 (2) F521 (2) F352 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on material presented in Year 1 modules and in the year two module PHYS255.<br />
To introduce molecular physics and the band structure <strong>of</strong> solids.<br />
To introduce nuclear size, mass and decay modes with some applications.<br />
To introduce particle physics including interactions between elementary particles, the standard model<br />
and recent experimental discoveries.<br />
To introduce relativistic 4-vectors for applications to collision problems.<br />
To develop both written and oral presentational skills.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> how atoms are built into molecules and solids with some properties <strong>of</strong> both.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the basic principles determining nuclear size, mass and decay modes.<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> elementary particles and their interactions and how these are understood and<br />
investigated in recent particle physics experiments.<br />
Basic understanding <strong>of</strong> relativistic 4-vectors.<br />
Improved written and oral communication skills.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Molecules<br />
Solids<br />
Hydrogen molecule, electronic configurations.<br />
Molecular rotation, spectra, selection rules.<br />
Molecular vibrations, zero point energy, selection rules.<br />
Types <strong>of</strong> solid.<br />
Crystal structure and Bragg diffraction.<br />
Band theory <strong>of</strong> solids. Free electron model.<br />
Conductors, insulators, semiconductors.<br />
Elasticity.<br />
Nuclear Physics<br />
Rutherford scattering, electron scattering, nuclear size.<br />
Masses <strong>of</strong> nuclei, binding energy, semi-empirical mass fomula.<br />
Nuclear instability, decay modes.<br />
Applications <strong>of</strong> nuclear techniques, including dating, astrophysics and neutrinos.<br />
Particle Physics<br />
Forces and interactions, strong and weak interactions.<br />
Basic ideas <strong>of</strong> the standard model.<br />
Recent experimental discoveries.<br />
Relativistic Mechanics<br />
Principle <strong>of</strong> invariance.<br />
Introduction to 4-vectors.<br />
Relativistic collisions.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Quantum Physics <strong>of</strong> Atoms, Molecules, Solids, Nuclei & Particles" by Eisberg & Resnick, published by Wiley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Science<br />
Communication<br />
Project (Written)<br />
Science<br />
Communication<br />
Project (Oral)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
2 10 Summer vacation As university<br />
policy<br />
2 10 Summer vacation N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title WAVES AND RELATED PHENOMENA<br />
2. Module Code PHYS258<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
24 4 30 58<br />
18. Non-contact hours 92<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS126 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2) F3F5 (2) F521 (2) F350 (2) F656 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on material presented in year one modules.<br />
To introduce the use <strong>of</strong> waves in a wide range <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />
To give the student familiarity with interference and diffraction effects in many branches <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />
To develop the student's practical and technical skills.<br />
To give the student experience in making exact measurements using wave techniques.<br />
To develop the student's ability to present complex information clearly and precisely.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Familarity with waves and their analysis using the complex number notation.<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> interference and diffraction effects and their use in physical situations.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> impedance.<br />
Acquired an introduction to the ideas <strong>of</strong> Fourier techniques.<br />
Acquired an introduction to the basic princples <strong>of</strong> LASERs.<br />
Improved practical and technical skills required for experimentation.<br />
Improved skill at planning, executing and reporting on the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Wave motion<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> waves in one dimension - use <strong>of</strong> complex number notation<br />
The wave equation and its solution - one dimensional and three dimensional<br />
Waves in elastic media, earthquake waves<br />
Electromagnetic waves in free space as an example<br />
Phase velocity, coherence<br />
Concept <strong>of</strong> impedance<br />
Amplitude Reflection coefficient, Amplitude Transmission coefficient<br />
Energy reflection at changes <strong>of</strong> impedance<br />
Superposition <strong>of</strong> waves<br />
Addition <strong>of</strong> waves, beats, standing waves, wave packets, dispersion and group<br />
velocity<br />
Phased Array Radar<br />
Circular polarisation<br />
Bandwidth and Fourier analysis<br />
Diffraction<br />
Bandwidth theorems, relation to the uncertainty principle<br />
Fourier analysis, pulses <strong>of</strong> radiation, restricted apertures (diffraction), relation to<br />
bandwidth theorem<br />
Define Fraunh<strong>of</strong>er condition<br />
Single slit and circular aperture<br />
Effect <strong>of</strong> aperture size on interference patterns<br />
LASERs and their applications<br />
Basic principles <strong>of</strong> LASERs
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Examples<br />
Construction and operations <strong>of</strong> LASERs<br />
Some applications: optical fibres, communications, fusion, measurement,<br />
laboratory work<br />
Throughout there should be examples <strong>of</strong> where wave phenomena are met in physics.<br />
Some examples include:<br />
Particles as waves - de Broglie waves, scattering experiments (electron,<br />
nuclear)<br />
X-ray/neutron diffraction - use <strong>of</strong> wave phenomena to study atomic and crystal<br />
sizes<br />
Optical systems - limits due to diffraction and interference, resolution<br />
Electromagnetic waves - long wavelength examples <strong>of</strong> transmission, Poynting's<br />
vector<br />
Sound/seismic waves - examples <strong>of</strong> wave equation solutions and polarisation<br />
"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Vibrations and Waves" by H J Pain, published by Wiley<br />
"Optics" by E Hecht, published by Addison Wesley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 70 August<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Practical Assignment<br />
1 - MathCad<br />
exercises<br />
Practical Assignment<br />
2 - MathCad<br />
exercises<br />
Practical Assignment<br />
3 - PowerPoint<br />
exercise<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
10 hours 1 10 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
10 hours 1 10 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
10 hours 1 10 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PRACTICAL PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS259<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Two<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Practicals<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr CP Welsch Physics C.P.Welsch@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr VR Dhanak Physics V.R.Dhanak@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
72 72<br />
18. Non-contact hours 3<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS111 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F350 (2) F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop the student's experimental and practical skills in:-<br />
Setting up and calibrating equipment<br />
Taking reliable and reproducible data<br />
Calculating experimental results and their associated errors<br />
Using Line-Fit, MathCad and other computer s<strong>of</strong>tware to analyse data<br />
Writing a coherent account <strong>of</strong> the experimental procedure and conclusions<br />
Understanding physics in depth by performing specific experiments<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Improved practical skills and experience<br />
A detailed understanding <strong>of</strong> the fundamental physics behind the experiments<br />
Increased confidence in setting up and calibrating equipment<br />
Familiarity with IT packages for calculating, displaying and presenting results<br />
Enhanced ability to plan, execute and report the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> mathematical modelling in describing physical phenomena<br />
Awareness <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> communicating results and experimental errors<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None. A laboratory manual is provided.<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Further training in experimental techniques and data analysis.<br />
Making measurements, analysing data and drawing conclusions from a variety<br />
<strong>of</strong> experiments in physics appropriate to Year 2 <strong>of</strong> study.<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Practical Work 1 100 None:<br />
As university<br />
exemption approved policy<br />
10/12/2004<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PHYSICS FOR NEW TECHNOLOGY PROJECT<br />
2. Module Code PHYS360<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 30<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Practicals<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
216 216<br />
18. Non-contact hours 84<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 300<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS111 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F352 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
To give the student the following:<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem.<br />
An opportunity to conceive, plan, propose and execute a project involving computer control <strong>of</strong> a system<br />
<strong>of</strong> transducers.<br />
An opportunity to display the quality <strong>of</strong> their work.<br />
An opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity.<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> report writing, displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production.<br />
An opportunity to display communication skills.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module,the student should have:<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />
Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information.<br />
Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations.<br />
Improved ability to organise and manage time.<br />
A working knowledge <strong>of</strong> the hardware and s<strong>of</strong>tware required to allow computers to communicate with<br />
other pieces <strong>of</strong> equipment.<br />
An ability to select and use hardware and s<strong>of</strong>tware to solve a particular problem.<br />
Improved skills in report writing.<br />
Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
To achieve the aims and learning outcomes <strong>of</strong> the module, the student is provided with detailed instructions<br />
on the programming language to be used and on the operation <strong>of</strong> the various electronic interface modules<br />
available. While the student is encouraged to use their own initiative in conceiving and planning the project,<br />
close supervision is given throughout to ensure that the desired outcome is achieved.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
Some introductory programming exercises are used to allow the student to become<br />
familiar with the operation <strong>of</strong> the MicroLink data acquisition system. Some interface<br />
modules (such as analogue-to-digital converters, switches, counters, etc) are used<br />
individually and in combination to demonstrate how control systems can be<br />
constructed.<br />
In the middle <strong>of</strong> Semester 1, after having gained some experience <strong>of</strong> the capabilities <strong>of</strong><br />
the various modules in the MicroLink system, the student prepares a written proposal<br />
for a project which will occupy the remainder <strong>of</strong> the year. Details <strong>of</strong> the project aims<br />
will be handed in at the end <strong>of</strong> the semester 1.<br />
The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on the project and its<br />
progress. This will be handed in with the final report.<br />
The written project report will be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> Semester 2. The oral<br />
presentation (or, with the approval <strong>of</strong> the Module Organiser, a poster presentation) will<br />
be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions.<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes<br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Programming<br />
Exercises<br />
Written Project<br />
Proposal<br />
Written Project<br />
Report<br />
Oral Project<br />
Presentation<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
opportunity submission<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
1 25 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
2 45 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
20 mins 2 10 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title QUANTUM MECHANICS AND ATOMIC PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS361<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> P Allport Physics Allport@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS255 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS480<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (3) F303 (3) F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on the second year module on Quantum and Atomic Physics<br />
To develop the formalism <strong>of</strong> quantum mechanics<br />
To develop an understanding that atoms are quantum systems<br />
To enable the student to follow elementary quantum mechanical arguments in the literature and provide<br />
a basis for work in Semester 2 modules<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> wavefunctions, operators, eigenvalue equations, symmetries,<br />
compatibility/non-compatibility <strong>of</strong> observables and perturbation theory in quantum mechanical theory.<br />
An ability to solve straightforward problems - different bound states and perturbing interactions.<br />
Developed knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> the quantum mechanical description <strong>of</strong> atoms - single<br />
particle levels, coupled angular momentum, fine structure, transition selection rules.<br />
Developed a working knowledge <strong>of</strong> interactions, electron configurations and coupling in atoms.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Student Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Quantum Mechanics:<br />
Operators, observables, eigenfunctions and eignvalues<br />
Dirac and wavefunction representations<br />
Probability distributions<br />
Time evolution <strong>of</strong> wavefunctions<br />
Many-particle systems<br />
Bound states<br />
Simple harmonic motion<br />
Angular momentum<br />
Central potential<br />
Free particles<br />
Compatible and incompatible observables<br />
Heisenberg's uncertainty principle<br />
Symmetries - inversion, translation, rotation, exchange<br />
Generalisation to J, ladder operators<br />
Spin<br />
Addition <strong>of</strong> angular momentum<br />
Perturbation theory<br />
Atomic Physics:<br />
"Quantum Mechanics" by F Mandl, published by Wiley<br />
Hydrogen atom, fine structure<br />
Helium atom<br />
Radiative transitions, selection rules<br />
Multi-electron atoms, periodic classification, Hund's rules<br />
Atoms in a magnetic field<br />
ASSESSMENT
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ADVANCED OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY<br />
2. Module Code PHYS362<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr I Steele Physics Iain.Steele@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr IK Baldry Physics I.K.Baldry@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS251 and PHYS252<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce students to the experimental techniques which enable astrophysicists to use the full range<br />
<strong>of</strong> the electromagnetic spectrum to study the physics <strong>of</strong> astronomical objects.<br />
To become familiar with the design <strong>of</strong> telescopes across the electromagnetic spectrum.<br />
To understand the physical basis <strong>of</strong> light detection across the spectrum.<br />
To understand observing techniques such as photometry, spectroscopy, adaptive optics, interferometry.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should:<br />
Understand and be able to compare and contrast the basic techniques and problems involved in<br />
observing all wavelengths <strong>of</strong> the electromagnetic spectrum<br />
Understand and be able to use and experimental concepts, as applied to observational astrophysics, <strong>of</strong><br />
signal-to-noise ratio, sampling, resolution.<br />
Be able to determine the observing technique most appropriate for a given scientific goal.<br />
Be able to plan observations at a variety <strong>of</strong> wavelengths<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See the Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Student Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS362<br />
PHYS362 Telescopes and detectors<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Basic design <strong>of</strong> telescopes across the electromagnetic spectrum.<br />
Detectors from millimeter wavelengths to gamma-rays. Physical principles,<br />
operations.<br />
Spectroscopic techniques<br />
Energy-sensitive detectors. Dispersive techniques based on gratings and/or<br />
etalons.<br />
Observing and data analysis techniques<br />
Sampling, resolution. Signal-to-noise ratio, data quality assessment.<br />
Calibration <strong>of</strong> raw data.<br />
Photometry and spectroscopy.<br />
Adaptive optics.<br />
Interferometry.<br />
G. Rieke: "Detection <strong>of</strong> Light. From the Ultraviolet to the Submillimeter", Cambridge <strong>University</strong> Press,<br />
2003 (2nd edition).<br />
D. J. Schroeder: "Astronomical Optics", Academic Press, 2000<br />
C R Kitchin: "Astrophysical Techniques", Institute <strong>of</strong> Physics Publishing, 2003 (4th edition)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 70 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Tutorial Work 4 hours 2 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Class Test 1 hour 2 10 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS363<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> WA H<strong>of</strong>er Chemistry Wh<strong>of</strong>er@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (3) F352 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop concepts introduced in Year 1 and Year 2 modules which relate to solids.<br />
To consolidate concepts related to crystal structure and to introduce the concept <strong>of</strong> reciprocal space.<br />
To enable the students to apply these concepts to the description <strong>of</strong> crystals, lattice dynamics and the<br />
electronic structure <strong>of</strong> condensed matter.<br />
To illustrate the use <strong>of</strong> these concepts in scientific research in condensed matter.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Familiarity with the crystalline nature <strong>of</strong> both perfect and real materials.<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the fundamental principles <strong>of</strong> the properties <strong>of</strong> condensed matter.<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the relationship between the real space and the reciprocal space view <strong>of</strong> the<br />
properties <strong>of</strong> crystalline matter.<br />
An ability to describe the crystal structure and electronic structure <strong>of</strong> matter.<br />
An awareness <strong>of</strong> current physics research in condensed matter<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Structure I: Crystallography: Crystallographic definitions, Bravais Lattices and Space<br />
groups, Common Crystal Structures, Indexing <strong>of</strong> crystal planes, Stacking sequences<br />
and crystal defects (4 lectures).<br />
Structure II: Diffraction and the Reciprocal Lattice: Laue diffraction conditions, the<br />
reciprocal lattice and diffraction, the diffracted intensity (4 lectures).<br />
Phonons I: Crystal Vibrations: Vibrations <strong>of</strong> monatomic lattice, phonons (2 lectures).<br />
Phonons II: Thermal Properties: Density <strong>of</strong> phonon modes, specific heat capacity -<br />
Einstein and Debye, thermal conductivity (2 lectures).<br />
Electrons I: Free Electron Fermi Model: The free electron gas, density <strong>of</strong> states (2<br />
lectures)<br />
Electrons II: Nearly Free Electron Model: Basics, Fermi surfaces and densities <strong>of</strong><br />
states (2 lectures)<br />
"Introduction to Solid State Physics" by C Kittel published by Wiley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Penalty for late Notes<br />
submission
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ADVANCED ELECTROMAGNETISM<br />
2. Module Code PHYS370<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr A Wolski Physics A.Wolski@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS254 and PHYS258 or equivalents MATH283 or equivalent is strongly recommended<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (3) F303 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on first and second year modules on electricity, magnetism and waves<br />
To study solutions to the wave equation for electromagnetism in free space, in matter and at<br />
boundaries<br />
To study solutions to the wave equation for electromagnetism in transmission lines, wave guides and<br />
cavities<br />
To study propagation through dispersive media<br />
To study electric dipole radiation<br />
To study radiation from simple antenna arrays<br />
To introduce 4-vector represnetation <strong>of</strong> electromagnetism in special relativity<br />
To further develop the students' problem-solving and analytic skills<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> wave like solutions to electromagnetic problems by using plane waves and<br />
boundary conditions<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles governing the guiding <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles governing the emission and absorption at dipole antennae<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles <strong>of</strong> dispersion<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> retarded potentials<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> electric dipole radiation<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the transformation properties <strong>of</strong> E and B<br />
An enhanced ability to apply problem-solving and analytic skills to solve simple problems in each <strong>of</strong> the<br />
above areas<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Introduction, Maxwell's equations and underlying physics. Waves in free space,<br />
waves in a conducting medium. Poynting vector. Skin depth and shielding.<br />
Boundary conditions at an interface between two media. Derivation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Fresnel equations. Polarisation on reflection, total internal reflection. Reflection<br />
from a conductor.<br />
Waves in a rectangular conducting cavity. Microwave oven. Rectangular<br />
waveguides, TE and TM modes, energy transmission. Practical waveguides.<br />
Dielectric waveguides and optical fibres.<br />
Transmission lines. Solution <strong>of</strong> basic equations, reflection, attenuation, standing<br />
waves. Applications <strong>of</strong> transmission lines.<br />
Dispersion. Experimental situation. Dispersion in gases, solids, liquids and<br />
conductors. Propagation in the upper atmosphere.<br />
Scalar and Vector potentials. Gauge Invariance and Charge Conservation.<br />
Retarded potentials.<br />
Dipole radiation. Near and far field approximations. Radiated power. Half wave<br />
antenna, antenna rays. Satellite communications.<br />
Electromagnetism and Special Relativity. Current and potential 4-vectors.<br />
Minkowski representation. Transformation properties <strong>of</strong> E and B, fields due to<br />
charge in uniform motion.<br />
"Electromagnetism 2nd Edition" by I S Grant & W R Phillips, published by Wiley
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title GALAXIES<br />
2. Module Code PHYS373<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr PA James Physics P.James@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr M Salaris Physics Maurizio.Salaris@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS251<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F3F5 (3) F521 (4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide students with a broad overview <strong>of</strong> these complex yet fundamental systems which interact at<br />
one end with the physics <strong>of</strong> stars and the interstellar medium and at the other with cosmology and the<br />
nature <strong>of</strong> large-scale structures in the Universe<br />
To develop in students an understanding <strong>of</strong> how the various distinct components in galaxies evolve and<br />
interact<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
The ability to describe and discuss the structure and evolution <strong>of</strong> galaxies and their various components<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> and an ability to explain the detailed interplay between these components<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> their cumulative effect on the chemical, dynamical and spectral evolution <strong>of</strong> the galaxy as<br />
a whole<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The Structure <strong>of</strong> Galaxies<br />
Size and basic structure <strong>of</strong> the Milky Way, the galactic centre. Morphological<br />
classification <strong>of</strong> galaxies. Characteristic light pr<strong>of</strong>iles <strong>of</strong> spirals and ellipticals.<br />
The Content <strong>of</strong> Galaxies<br />
Ages and distributions <strong>of</strong> stellar populations. Atomic gas: the 21-cm line, atomic<br />
hydrogen in the Milky Way and other galaxies, interstellar clouds, gas motions in the<br />
ISM. Ionised gas: exciting stars, Hll regions. Abundances <strong>of</strong> other elements. Interstellar<br />
dust: extinction, reddening, scattering and infrared emission. Size, shape, nature and<br />
quantity <strong>of</strong> dust.<br />
Dynamics & Stability <strong>of</strong> Galaxies<br />
Rotation <strong>of</strong> disc galaxies. Dark matter. The Tully-Fisher relation. Spiral structure.<br />
Velocity dispersion in elliptical galaxies and bulges. Relaxation. Time scales. Overview<br />
<strong>of</strong> bsic ideas <strong>of</strong> galaxy formation. Searches for high redshift and primeval galaxies.<br />
Evolutionary Phenomena in Galaxies<br />
Stellar populations and the spectral evolution <strong>of</strong> galaxies. The origin and evolution <strong>of</strong><br />
the chemical elements. Dynamical evolution and interactions <strong>of</strong> the ISM. Star<br />
formation. The Butcher-Oemler effect and the faint blue population at high redshift.<br />
Interactions and mergers, hot gas in galaxy clusters, fountains, bridges, starbursts and<br />
cooling flows. Morphology - density relations. Galaxy luminosity functions.<br />
Active Galaxies<br />
Quasars, nuclear black holes, Active Galactic Nuclei, and Unified Schemes.<br />
"The Structure and Evolution <strong>of</strong> Galaxies", S. Phillipps, published by Wiley<br />
"Galactic Astronomy", J Binney & M Merrifield, published by Princeton <strong>University</strong> Press<br />
"An Introduction to Modern Astrophysics" by B Carroll & D Ostlie, published by Addison-Wesley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Class Test 1 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY<br />
2. Module Code PHYS374<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr IK Baldry Physics I.K.Baldry@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr I Steele Physics Iain.Steele@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> C Collins Physics<br />
Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce the ideas <strong>of</strong> general relativity and demonstrate its relevance to modern astrophysics<br />
To provide students with a full and rounded introduction to modern observational cosmology<br />
To develop the basic theoretical background required to understand and appreciate the significance <strong>of</strong><br />
recent results from facilities such as the Hubble Space Telescope and the Wilkinson Microwave<br />
Anisotropy Probe<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
The ability to explain the relationship between Newtonian gravity and Einstein's General Relativity (GR)<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the concept <strong>of</strong> curved space time and knowledge <strong>of</strong> metrics<br />
A broad and up-to-date knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic ideas, most important discoveries and outstanding<br />
problems in modern cosmology<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> how simple cosmological models <strong>of</strong> the universe are constructed<br />
The ability to calculate physical parameters and make observational predictions for a range <strong>of</strong> such<br />
models.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Module will be delivered in 32 lectures and accompanied by written handouts, which closely follow the material.<br />
Lecturer will make use <strong>of</strong> recent observational results in the field to underpin concepts and help explain the<br />
reasoning behind the most popular cosmological models. In addition to the usual tutorials, a few lectures will be<br />
turned into classwork using past exam paper questions.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
The physical basis <strong>of</strong> General Relativity (GR)<br />
The need for relativistic ideas and a theory <strong>of</strong> gravitation. Difficulties with Newtonian<br />
mechanics and the inadequacy <strong>of</strong> special relativity. Mach's principles, Einstein's principle<br />
<strong>of</strong> equivalence.<br />
Curved spacetime<br />
Geodesics, curved spaces, the metric tensor and the relationship between curvature and<br />
gravitation. Schwarzschild Metric.<br />
Introduction to Cosmology<br />
The origin and fate <strong>of</strong> the Universe. From Pythagoras to Herschel. Assumptions<br />
underlying the modern cosmology. Galaxies, clusters and superclusters.<br />
Geometry <strong>of</strong> the Universe<br />
Euclidean and curved spaces. Robertson-Walker (RW) metric. Expansion and the<br />
Hubble law. Redshift as a consequence <strong>of</strong> RW metric. Cosmological angular diameterdistance<br />
and luminosity-distance relations.<br />
Dynamical evolution<br />
The dynamical equations. The Friedmann models, open, closed, Einstein-de Sitter<br />
cases. Definition <strong>of</strong> Qo and Wo. The age <strong>of</strong> the Universe. Proper luminosity and angular<br />
distances in terms <strong>of</strong> Ho and z. Minimal angular diameter. Horizon size. Determinations<br />
<strong>of</strong> cosmological parameters. The distance scale. Limits on qo and Wo.<br />
The Hot Big Bang<br />
Matter and radiation dominated eras. Nucleosynthesis in the early universe. Cosmic
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Background Radiation (CBR). Brief history <strong>of</strong> the Universe from the Planck time to the<br />
present day.<br />
The New Cosmology<br />
Variations on the Standard Model. Inflation. Grand Unified Theories. The Anthropic<br />
Principle. The Cosmological Constant.<br />
The History <strong>of</strong> Structure<br />
Density fluctuations at early times. Hot and cold dark matter. Results <strong>of</strong> numerical<br />
simulations. Matter on large scales. Evidence for dark matter. Clustering seen in various<br />
surveys. Gravitational lensing.<br />
"Introduction to Modern Cosmology", A Liddle, (1999) published by Wiley<br />
Background Reading<br />
"Cosmological Physics", J Peacock (1999) published by CUP<br />
"Cosmology", P Coles & F Lucchin (2001) published by Wiley<br />
"Introduction to Cosmology", J V Narlikar (1993) published by CUP<br />
"Cosmology: A First Course", M Luchieze-Rey (1995) published by CUP<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />
PGT students only.<br />
Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Assignment 2 20 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title NUCLEAR PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS375<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr M Chartier Physics M.Chartier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS256 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
PHYS490<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (3) F3F5 (3) F521 (3) F352 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F350 (3) F300 (3)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on the second year module involving Nuclear Physics<br />
To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the modern view <strong>of</strong> nuclei, how they are modelled and <strong>of</strong> nuclear decay<br />
processes<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> evidence for the shell model <strong>of</strong> nuclei, its development and the successes and failures <strong>of</strong><br />
the model in explaining nuclear properties<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the collective vibrational and rotational models <strong>of</strong> nuclei<br />
Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> nuclear decay processes, alpha decay and fission, <strong>of</strong> gamma-ray transitions and<br />
internal conversion<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> isospin and its significance for nuclear structure and reactions<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Bulk properties <strong>of</strong> nuclei<br />
Nuclear constituents, the nuclear chart<br />
Mass, binding energy, the liquid-drop model<br />
Separation energy, reaction Q-value<br />
Nuclear size, cross section, charge distribution<br />
Nuclear instability<br />
Nuclear energy surface, valley <strong>of</strong> stability, drip lines<br />
Isobaric disintegrations: beta-decay and electron capture<br />
Alpha-decay and fission<br />
Other decay modes<br />
The nuclear interaction<br />
Strong intensity, short range, the nuclear potential<br />
Isospin, charge independence<br />
Di-nucleon states<br />
Spin dependence<br />
Charge exchange<br />
Isobaric analogue states<br />
Nuclear structure models<br />
The nuclear many-body problem<br />
Single-particle model: the mean field<br />
The spherical nuclear shell-model<br />
Collective structure <strong>of</strong> nuclei: vibrational and rotational models<br />
Electromagnetic nuclear properties<br />
Electromagnetic nuclear moments<br />
Electromagnetic radiation - gamma-decay<br />
Weisskopf estimates<br />
Internal conversion<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"An Introduction to Nuclear Physics" by W N Cottingham and D A Greenwood, Cambridge Publishers<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO PARTICLE PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS377<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Allport Physics Allport@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 4 20<br />
18. Non-contact hours 55<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS361 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F521 (3) F3F5 (3) F303 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on the second year module involving Nuclear and Particle Physics<br />
To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the modern view <strong>of</strong> particles, <strong>of</strong> their interactions and the Standard<br />
Model<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Basic understanding <strong>of</strong> relativistic kinematics (as applied to collisions, decay processes and cross<br />
sections)<br />
Descriptive knowledge <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model using a non rigorous Feynman diagram approach<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the fundamental particles <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model and the experimental evidence for the<br />
Standard Model<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> conservation laws and discrete symmetries<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Introduction (1 Lecture)<br />
Overview <strong>of</strong> particle physics<br />
Relativistic Kinematics and Cross Sections (2 Lectures)<br />
Energy, momentum four vectors, short-lived particles, laboratory frame, fixed target<br />
experiments, centre-<strong>of</strong>-momentum frame, colliding beam experiments, luminosity.<br />
Quantum Numbers (1 Lectures)<br />
Charge, Coulour, Baryon, Lepton numbers, spin.<br />
The Standard Model (7 Lectures)<br />
Feyman diagrams, Electromagnetic interactions, electron-positron annihilation, colour<br />
factor, coupling constants, Deep inelastic scattering, Weak interactions, neutrinos,<br />
vector bosons, allowed decays, propagator, forbidden decays, Cabbibo, Tau decays,<br />
neutrino mass, Strong interactions, Gluons, Colour, Quantum Chromodynamics.<br />
Calculations (1 Lecture)<br />
Exercises on calculations from previous lectures<br />
Detectors and Accelerators (2 Lectures)<br />
Tracking, calorimetry, accelerator principles<br />
Outlook and Summary (2 lectures)<br />
Future development <strong>of</strong> particle physics, open questions and summary <strong>of</strong> course<br />
"Particle Physics" by B Martin and G Shaw, published by Wiley<br />
ASSESSMENT
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title ADVANCED PRACTICAL PHYSICS (BSC)<br />
2. Module Code PHYS378<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr NK McCauley Physics N.McCauley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr P Rowlands Physics P.Rowlands@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
108 108<br />
18. Non-contact hours 42<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS111 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F3F7 (3) F300 (3) F350 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give further training in laboratory techniques, in the use <strong>of</strong> computer packages for modelling and<br />
analysis, and in the use <strong>of</strong> modern instruments<br />
To develop the students' independent judgement in performing physics experiments<br />
To encourage students to research aspects <strong>of</strong> physics complementary to material met in lectures and<br />
tutorials<br />
To consolidate the students ability to produce good quality work against realistic deadlines<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> taking physics data with modern equipment<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> some experimental techniques not met in previous laboratory practice<br />
Developed a personal responsibility for assuring that data taken is <strong>of</strong> a high quality<br />
Increased skills in data taking and error analysis<br />
Increased skills in reporting experiments and an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the factors needed to produce clear and<br />
complete reports<br />
Improved skills in the time management and organisation <strong>of</strong> their experimental procedures to meet<br />
deadlines<br />
Experience working as an individual and in small groups<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
Students carry out experiments in three 4-week blocks:<br />
Block A Radiation Detection<br />
Introductory group work on the use <strong>of</strong> radiation detectors followed by two <strong>of</strong> four<br />
experiments on samples that have been activated by a source <strong>of</strong> thermal neutrons<br />
Block B X-Ray Diffraction<br />
Group work on computer modelling to simulat x-ray diffraction from crystals followed by<br />
experiments to determine the crystal structures and lattice constants <strong>of</strong> two unknown<br />
materials<br />
Block C Quanta and Waves<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Group work on the explanation <strong>of</strong> quantum phenomena followed by two experiments<br />
selected from a pool <strong>of</strong> three<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Experimental Reports<br />
(including 15% for<br />
group work)<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 90 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Laboratory Diary 1 10 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PROJECT (BSC)<br />
2. Module Code PHYS379<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
108 108<br />
18. Non-contact hours 42<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F300 (3) F3F5 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem<br />
To give students an opportunity to display the high quality <strong>of</strong> their work<br />
To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity<br />
To improve students ability to keep daily records <strong>of</strong> the work in hand and its outcomes<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> report writing displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production<br />
To give an opportunity for students to display communication skills<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />
Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information<br />
Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations<br />
Improved ability to organise and manage time<br />
Improved skills in making up a diary recording day by day progress <strong>of</strong> the project<br />
Improved skills in report writing<br />
Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
A project outlined in general by a Supervisor will be assigned to the Student by the<br />
Module Organiser. In making his selections the Module Organiser generally attempts to<br />
choose projects which match each student's particular interests but cannot guarantee<br />
to do so.<br />
The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on and the progress<br />
<strong>of</strong> the project. Details <strong>of</strong> the project aims will be decided in discussions between the<br />
student and the supervisor.<br />
There will be regular scheduled meetings between the student and the supervisor to<br />
assess progress. At the end <strong>of</strong> the third week <strong>of</strong> the project, the student will produce a<br />
short written report which will specify the aims <strong>of</strong> the remainder <strong>of</strong> the project. This<br />
report must be filed in the Student Office.<br />
The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time to<br />
writing the Report and preparing the Presentation.<br />
The Presentation will be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions.<br />
The Report and project diary will be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> the twelfth week after<br />
the <strong>of</strong>ficial start <strong>of</strong> the project, or at any other time that may be <strong>of</strong>ficially announced.<br />
A Risk Assessment must be completed by the supervisor when the use <strong>of</strong> specialist<br />
equipment, chemicals or radioactive sources are involved. This must be signed by the<br />
student and the supervisor.<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
opportunity submission<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Project and Report 2 50 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Report 2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Oral Presentation 15 mins 2 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title SURFACE PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS381<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr HR Sharma Physics H.R.Sharma@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To explain the physical properties <strong>of</strong> surfaces<br />
To convey an understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques <strong>of</strong> surface physics<br />
To convey an understanding <strong>of</strong> the extent to which surface properties can be monitored and controlled<br />
To show how the properties <strong>of</strong> surfaces are <strong>of</strong> technological importance<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the experimental facts concerning surface properties<br />
Insight into the principles <strong>of</strong> the techniques employed in surface physics<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the extent to which surface properties can be controlled and their relevance to<br />
technologies<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course material specified in the syllabus will be covered in lectures.<br />
The tutorial work will provide students with the opportunity to confirm their understanding <strong>of</strong> the material<br />
covered in the lectures.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Introduction<br />
The origin, history and importance <strong>of</strong> surface physics<br />
Ultra-high vacuum and surface preparation techniques<br />
Vacuum pumps. Design <strong>of</strong> vacuum systems<br />
Surface crystallography<br />
Low index surfaces, vicinal surfaces, wood's notation, matrix notation,<br />
superlattice, surface reciprocal lattice<br />
Physical Structure <strong>of</strong> Surfaces<br />
Growth<br />
Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED)<br />
Scanning probes: STM<br />
Structure<br />
Si(100) 2x1 and S(111) 7x7 reconstructed surfaces<br />
Crystal growth, interface growth modes<br />
Growth techniques, MBE, MOCVD<br />
Reflection high energy electron diffraction (RHEED)<br />
Optical monitoring <strong>of</strong> growth<br />
Aims <strong>of</strong> III-V growth<br />
Electron spectroscopy and surface analysis<br />
Electron escape depths, X-ray and uv photoelectron spectroscopies (XPS,<br />
UVPS), Auger spectroscopy for elemental analysis (AES), Core level shifts<br />
Case studies: The relevance <strong>of</strong> surface science to technology<br />
Band gap engineering, III-V semiconductor alloys<br />
Integrating Si and GaAs technologies<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The growth <strong>of</strong> diamond<br />
"Introduction to Surface Physics" by M Prutton, published by Oxford (1994)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PHYSICS OF LIFE<br />
2. Module Code PHYS382<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr HR Sharma Physics H.R.Sharma@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To explain the constraints on physical forces which are necessary for life to evolve in the Universe<br />
To describe the characteristics <strong>of</strong> life on earth<br />
To describe physical techniques used in the study <strong>of</strong> biological systems<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the framework <strong>of</strong> physical forces within which life is possible<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the nature <strong>of</strong> life on earth<br />
Familiarity with physical techniques used in the study <strong>of</strong> biological systems<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course material specified in the syllabus will be covered in lectures.<br />
The tutorial work will provide students with the opportunity to confirm their understanding <strong>of</strong> the material<br />
covered in the lectures.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
The Universe<br />
Brief overview <strong>of</strong> the basic physical forces. Necessary conditions for the evolution <strong>of</strong><br />
the Universe into a system in which chemistry and life are possible. The evolution <strong>of</strong><br />
atoms. Nuclear stability.<br />
The molecular basis <strong>of</strong> life<br />
The chemistry <strong>of</strong> life on earth<br />
The genetic code and the chirality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />
DNA, RNA amino acids and proteins. Protein folding. Chirality <strong>of</strong> living systems.<br />
Physical techniques for studying biological systems<br />
X-ray and optical techniques for the determination <strong>of</strong> the structure and function <strong>of</strong><br />
biological systems.<br />
Thermodynamic considerations and self organisation in chemical systems<br />
Brief overview <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. The arrow <strong>of</strong> time.<br />
Chemical processes close toequilibrium, Free energies, crystallisation, Order and<br />
inactivity.<br />
Chemical processes far from equilibrium. Non equilibrium thermodynamics<br />
Energy flows. Instability and self organisation
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The importance <strong>of</strong> information in biology<br />
Biological evolution.<br />
Summary <strong>of</strong> the major transitions in evolution<br />
No foresight and no way back.<br />
"Just six numbers" by M Rees (Weiderfield and Nicholson 1999)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title FURTHER STELLAR ASTROPHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS383<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr M Salaris Physics<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
36 4 40<br />
18. Non-contact hours 110<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS251<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F521 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
F3F5 (3)<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build upon the Level 2 module that introduced the fundamental concepts <strong>of</strong> modern stellar<br />
astrophysics and provide a more detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> several important areas<br />
To provide an explanation <strong>of</strong> the theory <strong>of</strong> stellar evolution, its relationship to observational data and its<br />
importance to other problems in astrophysics<br />
To describe the evolutionary phenomena <strong>of</strong> binary star systems<br />
To investigate objects such as white dwarf stars, neutron stars and black holes<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
A firm grasp <strong>of</strong> the fundamentals <strong>of</strong> the theory <strong>of</strong> stellar evolution<br />
A clear idea <strong>of</strong> how the theory <strong>of</strong> stellar evolution relates to observational data and its importance to<br />
other areas <strong>of</strong> astrophysics<br />
The ability to recognise and describe the origin and evolution <strong>of</strong> the characteristics <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong><br />
interacting binary systems<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Pre-main-sequence evolution<br />
Star forming regions; fragmentation and collapse; Hayashi tracks; brown dwarfs. The<br />
main sequence: mass limits; evolution across the sequence; solar and stellar winds.<br />
Post-main-sequence evolution<br />
Evolution <strong>of</strong> stars <strong>of</strong> different masses; evolution through the Hertzprung gap; helium<br />
burning and shell burning<br />
Final states <strong>of</strong> evolution<br />
Thermal pulses and instability; fate <strong>of</strong> low mass stars; mass loss; planetary nebulae.<br />
Chandrasekhar limit: white dwards. supernovae and supernova remnants; neutron<br />
stars; black holes<br />
Stellar populations<br />
Concept and definitions; simple stellar populations; age and distance determinations<br />
from stellar models and stellar population synthesis<br />
Interacting binaries, mass transfer and outbursts<br />
Roche equipotentials and Roche lobe overflow; detached, semi-detached and contact<br />
binaries; accretion discs/columns and wind accretion; cataclysmic variables: classical,<br />
dwarf and recurrent novae; binary evolution; Type 1 supernovae<br />
"Modern Astrophysics" by B W Carroll & D A Ostlie, published by Addison-Wesley<br />
Background Reading<br />
"The Stars: Their Structure & Evolution" by R J Taylor, published by CUP<br />
"Stellar Structure & Evolution", by R Kippenhahn, published by Springer-Verlag<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Class Test 1 10 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Oral Presentation 20 mins 1 10 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title RADIATION THERAPY APPLICATIONS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS384<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr P Cole Radiation Protection Pcole@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 28 4 20<br />
52<br />
Hours<br />
Project<br />
18. Non-contact hours 98<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS136 or PHYS122<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F350 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To cover the basic physics principles <strong>of</strong> radiation therapy.<br />
To understand interactions with biological materials.<br />
To understand the need for modelling in radiobiological applications.<br />
To obtain a knowledge <strong>of</strong> electron transport.<br />
To construct a simple model <strong>of</strong> a radiation therapy application.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module students will:<br />
have a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> radiation transport and the interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with biological tissue.<br />
understand the principles <strong>of</strong> radiotherapy and treatment planning.<br />
be familiar with biological modelling.<br />
have a basic understanding <strong>of</strong> beam modelling for radiotherapy treatment.<br />
understand the need for Monte Carlo modelling.<br />
have a knowledge <strong>of</strong> electron transport.<br />
have experience <strong>of</strong> modelling a simple radiotherapy application.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Student Handbook.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Introduction to radiation transport and the Boltzmann equation.<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> essential interaction physics, review <strong>of</strong> relevant basic probability<br />
theory, dosimetry in healthcare applications.<br />
Outline <strong>of</strong> Radiotherapy modelling components, background to Radiotherapy.<br />
Simple radiobiological principles <strong>of</strong> radiotherapy, concept <strong>of</strong> treatment planning.<br />
General introduction to biological modelling, fractionation and treatment during<br />
effects, volume effects. Statistical techniques <strong>of</strong> biological model data fitting,<br />
data fits using real clinical normal tissue data, using model prediction data.<br />
Beam modeling for Radiotherapy treatment planning, lookup table approaches,<br />
convolution/pencil beam approaches.<br />
Monte Carlo Methods, requirements for random numbers, random number<br />
generation, random sampling methods, scoring and tallies, error estimation,<br />
variance reduction techniques.<br />
Electron transport including optimisation.<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Planning and Running<br />
<strong>of</strong> a Model <strong>of</strong> a<br />
Radiotherapy<br />
Application<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title MEDICAL PHYSICS PROJECT<br />
2. Module Code PHYS386<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 30<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
1 161 162<br />
18. Non-contact hours 138<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 300<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
Research based project work<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F350 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem related to medical physics<br />
To give students an opportunity to display the high quality <strong>of</strong> their work<br />
To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity<br />
To improve students ability to keep daily records <strong>of</strong> the work in hand and its outcomes<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> report writing displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production<br />
To give an opportunity for students to display communication skills<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />
Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information<br />
Experience in different aspects <strong>of</strong> modern medical imaging techniques including Monte Carlo<br />
simulations<br />
Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations<br />
Improved ability to organise and manage time<br />
Improved skills in making up a diary recording day by day progress <strong>of</strong> the project<br />
Improved skills iin report writing<br />
Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
A project outlined in general by a Supervisor will be assigned to the Student by the Module Organiser. In<br />
making his selections the Module Organiser generally attempts to choose projects which match each student's<br />
particular interests but cannot guarantee to do so.<br />
The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on and the progress <strong>of</strong> the project. Details <strong>of</strong><br />
the project aims will be decided in discussions between the student and the supervisor.<br />
There will be regular scheduled meetings between the student and the supervisor to assess progress. At the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the third week <strong>of</strong> the project, the student will produce a short written report which will specify the aims<br />
<strong>of</strong> the remainder <strong>of</strong> the project. This report must be filed in the Student Office.<br />
The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time to writing the Report and<br />
preparing the Presentation.<br />
The Presentation will be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions.<br />
The Report and project diary will be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> the twelfth week after the <strong>of</strong>ficial start <strong>of</strong> the<br />
project, or at any other time that may be <strong>of</strong>ficially announced.<br />
A Risk Assessment must be completed by the supervisor when the use <strong>of</strong> specialist equipment, chemicals or<br />
radioactive sources are involved. This must be signed by the student and the supervisor.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
The Physics with Medical Applications project will focus on aspects <strong>of</strong> Medical Imaging<br />
three key areas:<br />
Monte Carlo simulation <strong>of</strong> a radiation detector system using MCNP<br />
Image reconstruction <strong>of</strong> PET/SPECT data (FBP/MLEM)<br />
Practical project worth with PET/SPECT sensors<br />
Some example projects for PHYS386:<br />
"PET Imaging with Germanium Detectors"<br />
The project will investigate the prospect <strong>of</strong> using highly segmented germanium
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
detector devices as a component <strong>of</strong> a Positron Emission Tomography (PET) scanner.<br />
The project will provide training in the experimental techniques required to extract<br />
energy, position and time information from a large volume semiconductor detector. The<br />
use <strong>of</strong> prototype detectors will provide quantitative experimental data, which will enable<br />
conclusions to be drawn regarding the position sensitivity possible with these new<br />
devices.<br />
"SPECT Imaging with CdZnTe Detectors"<br />
The aim <strong>of</strong> the project will be to investigate the prospect <strong>of</strong> using CdZnTe detectors to<br />
detect gamma-ray photons. The project will provide training in the experimental<br />
techniques required to extract energy and position information from such a<br />
semiconductor detector. You will be expected to collect and analyse experimental data<br />
from CdZnTe detectors and produce a report that details the prospects for using<br />
CdZnTe as part <strong>of</strong> a SPECT camera.<br />
"Image Reconstruction <strong>of</strong> PET Data"<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
The aim <strong>of</strong> the project will be to investigate the algorithms that can be used to<br />
reconstruct computed tomography images. You will be expected to analyse<br />
experimental data from Germanium detector systems and produce a report that details<br />
the prospects for different algorithms as part <strong>of</strong> a Positron Emission Tomography (PET)<br />
camera.<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Project and Report 2 50 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Report 2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Oral Presentation 15 mins 2 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title MATERIALS PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS387<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS132 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F352 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To teach the properties and methods <strong>of</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> a range <strong>of</strong> materials <strong>of</strong> scientific and<br />
technological importance<br />
To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the experimental techniques <strong>of</strong> materials characterisation<br />
To introduce materials such as amorphous solids, liquid crystals, and polymers and to develop an<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> the relationship between structure and properties for such materials<br />
To illustrate the concepts and principles by reference to examples<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the atomic structure in cyrstalline and amorphous materials<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the methods used for preparing single crystals and amorphous materials<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the experimental techniques used in materials characterisation<br />
The ability to interpret simple phase diagrams <strong>of</strong> binary systems<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Materials (1 lecture)<br />
States <strong>of</strong> matter, bonding between atoms, energy band structures <strong>of</strong> solids<br />
Crystalline, polycrystalline, and amorphous solids (2 lectures)<br />
Bonding in crystals, crystal defects, amorphous solids, glasses and the glass<br />
transition, the preparation <strong>of</strong> amorphous materials<br />
Methods <strong>of</strong> material characterisation (3 lectures)<br />
X-ray and electron diffraction: experimental methods and interpretation <strong>of</strong> data.<br />
Transmission electron microscopy. Scanning probe microscopy<br />
Crystal growth (1 lecture)<br />
Mechanisms <strong>of</strong> crystal growth, scanning probe microscopy studies <strong>of</strong> crystal growth,<br />
methods for growing single crystals<br />
Liquid crystals (2 lectures)<br />
Thermotropic mesophases, lyotropic mesophases, x-ray diffraction from liquid crystals,<br />
cell membranes, liquid crystal displays<br />
Polymers (2 lectures)<br />
Molecular structures, amorphous and semi-crystalline polymers. Applications: plastics,<br />
elastomers, fibres<br />
Biomaterials (1 lecture)<br />
Surface properties, biological response and biocompatibility, degradation <strong>of</strong> implants in<br />
biological environments<br />
Semiconductors (2 lectures)<br />
The preparation <strong>of</strong> pure silicon, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, amorphous<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
semiconductors. Epitaxial growth<br />
"Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction" (5th Edition) by W D Callister, published by Wiley<br />
Background Reading<br />
"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Solids" by R Turton, published by Oxford<br />
"Introduction to Solid State Physics" (7th Edition) by C Kittel, published by Wiley<br />
"Introductionn to Liquid Crystals" by P Collings & M Hird, published by Taylor & Francis<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PHYSICS OF ENERGY SOURCES<br />
2. Module Code PHYS388<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr J Coleman Physics J.Coleman@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS122 (or equivalent)<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F352 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop an ability which allows educated and well informed opinions to be formed by the next<br />
generation <strong>of</strong> physicists on a wide range <strong>of</strong> issues in the context <strong>of</strong> the future energy needs <strong>of</strong> man<br />
To describe and understand methods <strong>of</strong> utilising renewable energy sources such as hydropower, tidal<br />
power, wave power, wind power and solar power.<br />
To give knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> the design and operation <strong>of</strong> nuclear reactors<br />
To give knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> nuclear fusion as a source <strong>of</strong> power<br />
To give knowledge and understanding relevant to overall safety in the nuclear power industry<br />
To describe the origin <strong>of</strong> environmental radioactivity and understand the effects <strong>of</strong> radiation on humans<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Learned the fundamental physical principles underlying energy production using renewable energy<br />
sources<br />
Learned the fundamental physical principles underlying nuclear fission and fusion reactors<br />
Studied the applications <strong>of</strong> these principles in the design issues power generation<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> mathematics in modelling power generation<br />
Learned the fundamental physical principles concerning the origin and consequences <strong>of</strong> environmental<br />
radioactivity<br />
Developed an awareness <strong>of</strong> the safety issues involved in exposure to radiation<br />
Developed problem solving skills based on the material presented<br />
Developed an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the problems <strong>of</strong> supplying the required future energy needs and the<br />
scope and issues associated with the different possible methods<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS388 Introduction (1 Lecture)<br />
Summary <strong>of</strong> global energy trends, energy consumption, global warming and CO2<br />
emission.<br />
Thermodynamic and fluid dynamics background (2 Lectures)<br />
The Greenhouse Effect. The thermal properties <strong>of</strong> water and steam. Carnot, Rankine<br />
and Brayton thermodynamic cycles. Geothermal power. Bernoulli's equation, Mass<br />
continuity equation, Euler's turbine equation.<br />
Hydropower, Tidal Power and Wave Power (3 Lectures)<br />
Resources. Power output from a dam and flow rate using a weir. Turbines, the<br />
Fourneyron turbine, impulse, efficiency. Tidal Power - Cause <strong>of</strong> tides estimate <strong>of</strong> tidal<br />
height, Tidal waves c=(gh)1/2, Power from a tidal barrage, Tidal resonance - Severn<br />
Bore, Economic and environmental effects. Wave Power - Wave energy derivations,<br />
Wave Power devices, Economics and Outlook.<br />
Wind Power (3 Lectures)<br />
Source <strong>of</strong> Wind Energy and Global Patterns. Modern Wind turbines. Kinetic Energy <strong>of</strong><br />
wind. Principles <strong>of</strong> horizontal axis wind turbine and maximum extraction efficiency.<br />
Blade design. Horizontal Wind Turbine Design and Fatigue. Turbine control and<br />
operation. Wind Characteristics. Power <strong>of</strong> a Wind Turbine. Wind farms and the<br />
environment. Economics and Outlook.<br />
Solar Energy (3 Lectures)
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Introduction - overall power - comparison. Solar Spectrum. Semiconductor review.<br />
Solar photocells Efficiency. Commercial devices. Light trapping in multi-layers.<br />
Developing technologies. Solar panels. Economics, environmental outlook for<br />
photovoltaic cells. Solar thermal Power plants, Ocean conversion, Stirling engine, Solar<br />
Chimney.<br />
Biomass (1 Lecture)<br />
Basic concepts and examples. Economics and Outlook.<br />
Basics <strong>of</strong> Nuclear Physics (3 Lectures)<br />
Nuclear binding energy, nuclear reactions, cross sections. Interaction probability.<br />
Attenuation, mean free path. Radioactive decay (various forms), decay chains, secular<br />
equilibrium. Stability curve, neutrons and their interactions, fission - energy release,<br />
mass distribution, neutron emission.<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> Nuclear Fission Reactors (3 Lectures)<br />
Chain reactions, reproduction constant, moderation, thermal reactors. Kinematics <strong>of</strong><br />
moderators, neutron cycle in infinite reactors, energy production, consumption <strong>of</strong> 235U.<br />
Fast reactors, breeder reactors, breeder cycle.<br />
Reactor Theory (3 Lectures)<br />
Neutron diffusion theory and the diffusion equation. The reactor equation. Buckling<br />
parameter. Boundary conditions and solutions <strong>of</strong> the reactor equation. Migration length.<br />
Improvements to the model. Boundary extrapolation.<br />
Reactor Operations (2 Lectures)<br />
Real reactors - layout, thermodynamics, Magnox, AGR, PWR and accelerator driven<br />
fission. Operating characteristics, delayed neutrons, control systems, reactor<br />
kinematics and reactor poisons.<br />
Energy from Fusion (3 Lectures)<br />
Advantages over fission, thermonuclear approach, amplification factor, conditions for<br />
fusion. Energy production in a plasma, energy losses, break even temperature,<br />
Lawson condition. Magnetic confinement, tokomak, pinch effect, heating <strong>of</strong> plasma,<br />
present status and outlook.<br />
Radiation Issues (4 Lectures)<br />
Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with matter, units, biological effects, radiation weighting factors.<br />
Effects on humans, calculation <strong>of</strong> doses, monitoring radiation. radiation protection.<br />
Shielding nuclear reactors. Reactor accidents. Radioactive fission products and their<br />
effects. Sources <strong>of</strong> environmental radiation - decay chains <strong>of</strong> uranium and thorium -<br />
Radon - 40K - cosmic rays. Recommended limits above the natural level.<br />
Energy and Society (1 Lecture)<br />
Summary future needs, possible contributions from each source, issues associated<br />
with each source.<br />
"Energy Science Principles, technologies and impact" Andrews & Jelly, published by OUP<br />
"Nuclear Physics - Principles and Applications" J Lilley, published by Wiley<br />
Further Reading:<br />
"Physics <strong>of</strong> the Environment" A W Brinkman, published by Imperial College Press<br />
"The Elements <strong>of</strong> Nuclear Power" by D J Bennet and J R Thomson, 3rd edition, published by Longman<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes<br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
opportunity submission<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 2 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title SEMICONDUCTOR APPLICATIONS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS389<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS132<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F352 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop the physics concepts describing semiconductors in sufficient details for the purpose <strong>of</strong><br />
understanding the construction and operation <strong>of</strong> common semiconductor devices<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic theory <strong>of</strong> p-n junctions<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the structure and function <strong>of</strong> a variety <strong>of</strong> semiconductor devices<br />
An overview <strong>of</strong> semiconductor device manufacturing processes<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic processes involved in the interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with matter<br />
Understanding the application <strong>of</strong> semiconductors in Nuclear and Particle physics<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS389 The band structures <strong>of</strong> typical semiconductors. Crystal momentum and effective<br />
mass<br />
Transport phenomena. Drift and diffusion<br />
The p-n junction. Depletion layer width and capacitance. Current - voltage<br />
characteristic<br />
Zener and avalanche breakdown in p-n junctions<br />
The physical principles <strong>of</strong> bipolar transistors<br />
(FET's), MOSFETs and MESFETS<br />
Semiconductor device manufacture<br />
The absorption <strong>of</strong> light by semiconductors<br />
Nuclear radiation detection<br />
Range <strong>of</strong> charged particles<br />
Gamma radiation<br />
Silicon and Germanium detectors<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Semiconductor Devices, Physics and Technology" by S M Sze, published by Wiley<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title STATISTICAL AND LOW TEMPERATURE PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS393<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr KM Hock Physics K.M.Hock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr S Burdin Physics S.Burdin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS253 and PHYS255<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (3 or 4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on material presented in earlier Thermal Physics and Quantum Mechanics courses<br />
To develop the statistical treatment <strong>of</strong> quantum systems<br />
To use theoretical techniques to predict experimental observeables<br />
To introduce the basic principles governing the behaviour <strong>of</strong> liquid helium and superconductors in<br />
cooling techniques<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the statistical basis <strong>of</strong> entropy and temperature<br />
Ability to devise expressions for observeables, (heat capacity, magnetisation) from statistical treatment<br />
<strong>of</strong> quantum systems<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> Maxwell Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose Einstein gases<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> cooling techniques<br />
Knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> basic theories <strong>of</strong> liquid helium behaviour and superconductivity in<br />
cooling techniques<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Lectures to define the material, tutorials linked to lecture material to reinforce the quantitative aspects <strong>of</strong> the<br />
topics covered.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS393 Basic ideas, macrostate, microstates, averaging, distributions, statistical entropy<br />
Distinguisable particles, statistical definition <strong>of</strong> temperature<br />
Boltzmann distribution, partition function<br />
Calculation <strong>of</strong> thermodynamic functions<br />
Spin 1/2 solid, localised harmonic oscillators<br />
Gases<br />
States in boxes, example He gas<br />
Identical particles - fermions and bosons<br />
Microstates for gas - Fermi Dirac, Bose Einstein, Maxwell Boltzmann<br />
distributions<br />
Maxwell Boltzmann gases - speed distribution<br />
Diatomic gases - heat capacity. Heat capacity <strong>of</strong> H2.<br />
Fermi Dirac gases. Aplication to metals, He3.<br />
Bose Einstein gases. Application to He4, photons, phonons<br />
Cooling techniques - liquefaction <strong>of</strong> gases, Joule Kelvin effect, Liquefiers. 3He<br />
dilution refrigerator, Adiabatic demagnetisation, Nuclear demagnetisation<br />
Liquid He4 - superfluid he4. Two fluid model theories <strong>of</strong> He II<br />
Liquid He3. Experiment - ideas<br />
Superconductivity. Normal conductivity, basic properties <strong>of</strong> superconductors:<br />
Phenomenological models, two fluid model, London theory; Deductions for<br />
experiment. BCS theory; Recent developments - high Tc superconductors<br />
(optional)<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Statistical Physics", Guenault (optional)<br />
"Statistical Mechanics - A Survival Guide", A. M. Glazer and J. S. Wark, Oxford <strong>University</strong> Press, 2001<br />
(available as ebook in <strong>Liverpool</strong> <strong>University</strong> library)<br />
"Matter and Methods at Low Temperatures," Frank Pobell. Springer, 2nd edition, 2002 [Chapters 1, 5, 7 and 9]<br />
(available as ebook in <strong>Liverpool</strong> <strong>University</strong> library)
"Low Temperature Physics", C. Enss and S. Hunklinger, Springer, 2005 [Chapters 1, 6, 7, 8 and 11] (available<br />
as ebook in <strong>Liverpool</strong> <strong>University</strong> library) (optional)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 100 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY<br />
2. Module Code PHYS394<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr AM Newsam Physics Anewsam@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Fieldwork<br />
16. Location Off Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
84<br />
12<br />
A combination <strong>of</strong> supervised Classes to<br />
practical work using the help/aid with the<br />
telescope and related analysis <strong>of</strong><br />
equipment, and both astronomical<br />
supervised and un-supervised data following<br />
data analysis work<br />
the field trip<br />
18. Non-contact hours 54<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
Field trip to Izana<br />
Classes to help with<br />
Observatory, Tenerife, Spain, data reduction and<br />
in May/June between Year 2 project reports - Year 3<br />
and Year 3<br />
semester 1<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS251 and PHYS252<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
96
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide practice in the planning and execution <strong>of</strong> a programme <strong>of</strong> astronomical observations<br />
To provide training in the application <strong>of</strong> astronomical co-ordinate systems<br />
To provide competence in the handling <strong>of</strong> a large astronomical telescope<br />
To gain experience in making, calibrating and analysing astronomical measurements using a CCD<br />
camera and spectrometer<br />
To gain experience in preparing a written report based on the results <strong>of</strong> astronomical work<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
The ability to plan and execute a simple programme <strong>of</strong> astronomical observations and measurements<br />
Familiarity with astronomical coordinate systems and the ability to find astronomical objects in the sky<br />
Skills in pointing and adjusting a large, manually controlled astronomical telescope<br />
The ability to take, reduce and analyse astronomical data to produce physically meaningful information.<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> observing at a pr<strong>of</strong>essional high-altitude observatory<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> preparing a written report based on the results <strong>of</strong> astronomical work<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The module takes the form <strong>of</strong> a week-long field trip to the Mons 50-cm Telescope at the Izana Observatory in<br />
Tenerife. Students are split into teams <strong>of</strong> three or four and learn to locate objects in the sky using positional<br />
astronomy. They then learn how to point the telescope by hand and how to anticipate the transit <strong>of</strong> objects<br />
through the field <strong>of</strong> view. Students begin by identifying bright stars in the sky to find with the telescope. They<br />
then calibrate the telescope pointing and use this calibration to find objects not visible with the naked eye. A<br />
set <strong>of</strong> optical transmission filters are calibrated using standard stars and quantitative measurements made,<br />
using a CCD camera, <strong>of</strong>, e.g. planetary nebulae and star clusters. The latter measurements are used to<br />
construct a Hertzprung-Russell diagram. Observations <strong>of</strong> variable stars are made to obtain the light curve and<br />
then images and spectra are taken <strong>of</strong> objects such as faint galaxies. Students keep individual project log<br />
books which are assessed at the end <strong>of</strong> the week. Participation, teamwork and individual initiative are also<br />
assessed. Following their return, students must produce a written report on an aspect <strong>of</strong> their work.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
1 The planning and execution <strong>of</strong> a programme <strong>of</strong> astronomical observations<br />
The application <strong>of</strong> astronomical co-ordinate systems<br />
The handling and pointing <strong>of</strong> a large astronomical telescope<br />
Making, calibrating and analysing astronomical measurements using a CCD<br />
camera and spectrometer<br />
Keeping an experimental log book<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Astrophysical Techniques", C.R. Kitchen, Institute <strong>of</strong> Physics<br />
Further Reading: PHYS252 lecture notes<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Field Work One week 3 (<strong>of</strong><br />
second<br />
year)<br />
Lab Books One week 3 (<strong>of</strong><br />
second<br />
year)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
60 N/A N/A This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
10 N/A As university<br />
policy<br />
Project Report 1 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title APPLIED PHYSICS PROJECT<br />
2. Module Code PHYS395<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
1<br />
The module begins<br />
with a lecture<br />
explaining the structure<br />
<strong>of</strong> the team project<br />
11<br />
The<br />
session is<br />
an<br />
observed<br />
meeting <strong>of</strong><br />
the project<br />
team once<br />
a week<br />
1<br />
Assessment<br />
18. Non-contact hours 137<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
13<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F3F5 (3) F300 (3)<br />
The aims <strong>of</strong> the module are<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give students an insight into applied research<br />
To help students gain a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the needs <strong>of</strong> industry and the opportunities available to<br />
them as physicists<br />
To give students experience in team work and project management<br />
To encourage self-assessment<br />
To improve communication with clients and with research collaborators<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have the ability to<br />
Plan a research project<br />
Work in a team to carryout a research project<br />
Obtain information, evaluate its relevance, write a scientific report and present a poster covering the<br />
relevant material<br />
Collaborate to satisfy a client's requirements<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
By participating in a team project with industrial focus the students will learn the importance <strong>of</strong><br />
communication, cooperation and reliability. They will also have an opportunity to develop imaginative solutions<br />
to problems and to test them out on a real problem.<br />
The problem is specified by the external sponsor. The team <strong>of</strong> students will then discuss their approach to<br />
solving the problem and decide who is going to tackle the various aspects <strong>of</strong> the problem. The group meets<br />
regularly (weekly) with the academic supervisor, who <strong>of</strong>fers advice and may suggest approaches to tackling<br />
the problem.<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the project the team writes a group report which is assessed by the academic supervisor, a<br />
second supervisor and the external sponsor. An individual's contribution to the project is assessed by the<br />
academic supervisor. The team presents a poster which is assessed by academics and the external sponsor.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The project is an exercise in working within a team structure to devise and report on a<br />
solution to a simulated problem. The solution will require the application <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />
Groups will be <strong>of</strong> three or four students with an academic observer. Formal meetings<br />
will be held to discuss approaches to the problem, assigning <strong>of</strong> individual tasks and coordinating<br />
the writing <strong>of</strong> the report.<br />
ASSESSMENT
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Project Team Report ~10,000<br />
words<br />
Individual<br />
Contribution to Team<br />
Project<br />
Individual Student<br />
Log<br />
Team Poster<br />
Presentation<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
1 hour 2 10 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. It is<br />
marked by the<br />
academic supervisor,<br />
a second academic<br />
supervisor and an<br />
external sponsor.<br />
The three marks<br />
count equally. If any<br />
mark differs<br />
substantially from the<br />
other two then a<br />
moderation process<br />
is applied. The same<br />
mark is given to<br />
each student in the<br />
team.<br />
N/A This is not marked<br />
anonymously. This<br />
mark is an<br />
evaluation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
student's contribution<br />
to the team project<br />
from the team<br />
project report and<br />
from observation <strong>of</strong><br />
team meetings by<br />
the academic<br />
supervisor.<br />
N/A This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. This<br />
mark is from the<br />
individual project log<br />
assessed by the<br />
academic supervisor<br />
and a second<br />
supervisor. If the two<br />
supervisors' marks<br />
differ substantially<br />
then a moderation<br />
process is applied.<br />
This is the last<br />
assessment <strong>of</strong> the<br />
student.<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. The<br />
poster is marked by<br />
academics and<br />
external sponsors <strong>of</strong><br />
this and other team<br />
projects. The same<br />
mark is given to<br />
each student in the<br />
team.<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title UNDERGRADUATE AMBASSADORS PROJECT<br />
2. Module Code PHYS396<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level Level Three<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Work Place Learning<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
10<br />
Initial training at <strong>University</strong> led<br />
by module leader + fortnightly<br />
seminar on current progress<br />
30<br />
School Placement<br />
18. Non-contact hours 110<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
F300 (3) F3F5 (3)<br />
40
Students must pass an interview with module leader and Ogden Science Officer to be accepted on this<br />
module. Completion <strong>of</strong> PHYS241 Communicating Science desirable, or student has alternate<br />
training/experience. Criteria for Acceptance: Student displays genuine interest in school environment. Student<br />
can commit to visit school every week, be punctual, appropriately dressed and well prepared.<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To provide undergraduates with key transferable skills.<br />
To provide students with opportunity to learn to communicate physics at different levels.<br />
To provide students with work-place experience.<br />
To provide students with the opportunity to work with staff in a different environment with different<br />
priorities to the <strong>University</strong>.<br />
To provide teaching experience that encourages undergraduates to consider a career in teaching.<br />
To supply role models for secondary school students.<br />
To provide support and teaching assistance to secondary school teachers.<br />
To encourage a new generation <strong>of</strong> physicists.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
By the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student will be able to<br />
Communicate physics effectively to others<br />
Plan a lesson<br />
Design a worksheet<br />
Evaluate their planning<br />
Assess the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a session or worksheet that they have designed<br />
Prioritise their work<br />
Manage small groups <strong>of</strong> pupils (e.g. to complete an experiment)<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The project is an exercise in working within a work-place environment. The student will work closely with one<br />
or more teachers with whom they will meet regularly to discuss their progress and ideas for lessons. The<br />
student will design sections <strong>of</strong> (or entire) lessons on which they will receive feedback from the teacher before<br />
and after they have delivered the lesson.<br />
Once accepted at interview, the student will undergo a full day <strong>of</strong> training at the <strong>University</strong> prior to attending<br />
the school. This training will cover the structure <strong>of</strong> the module (including details <strong>of</strong> assessment), and an<br />
introduction to communication and organisation skills.<br />
The students will spend 1 school day (3-4 hours) per week in school for 8-10 weeks. At the school the<br />
student is expected to progress from observation to assisting in the classroom to delivering in part and full<br />
lessons. A weekly log must be completed.<br />
The student will have a seminar (~1 hour) with their supervisor once per fortnight either individually or in a<br />
group, and be observed in the classroom by their supervisor.<br />
The student will also complete a ‘Special Project’ which can, but is not limited to, be a set <strong>of</strong> lessons, a set <strong>of</strong><br />
worksheets, a website, or other which is implemented and evaluated. Outcomes should be evaluated and<br />
discussed in their presentation and final report.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The project is an exercise in working within a work-place environment. The student<br />
will work closely with one or more teachers with whom they will meet regularly to<br />
discuss their progress and ideas for lessons. The student will design sections <strong>of</strong> (or<br />
entire) lessons on which they will receive feedback from the teacher before and after<br />
they have delivered the lesson.<br />
Their Special Project requires them to develop, implement and evaluate a project with<br />
support from their tutor at the fortnightly meetings and their teacher.<br />
Students will be directed to appropriate research articles<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Reflective Journal<br />
(similar to log book<br />
for projects)<br />
Performance in<br />
School as evidenced<br />
by feedback from<br />
Teacher (moderated<br />
by supervisor)<br />
Oral Presentation:<br />
The content should<br />
indicate where and<br />
how the student has<br />
developed in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
the learning<br />
outcomes with<br />
particular reference to<br />
their Special Project.<br />
Written Report: The ~7,500<br />
content should words<br />
indicate where and<br />
how the student has<br />
developed in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
the learning<br />
outcomes with<br />
particular reference to<br />
their Special Project.<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
Exceptional<br />
Circumstances<br />
2 10 Only in<br />
Exceptional<br />
Circumstances<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
Exceptional<br />
Circumstances<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
Exceptional<br />
Circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. This<br />
mark is from the<br />
individual project log<br />
assessed by the<br />
academic supervisor<br />
and a second<br />
supervisor. If the two<br />
supervisors' marks<br />
differ substantially<br />
then a moderation<br />
process is applied.<br />
N/A This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. The<br />
teacher’s report on<br />
the student’s<br />
progress will be<br />
assessed by the<br />
academic supervisor<br />
with respect to the<br />
learning criteria <strong>of</strong><br />
the module (in<br />
particular<br />
development <strong>of</strong><br />
transferable skills<br />
and development <strong>of</strong><br />
ability to<br />
communicate<br />
physics effectively).<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. The<br />
presentation will take<br />
place in front <strong>of</strong> a<br />
group <strong>of</strong> academic<br />
staff and other<br />
students.<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. It is<br />
marked by the<br />
academic supervisor<br />
and a second<br />
academic supervisor.<br />
The two marks count<br />
equally. This is the<br />
last assessment <strong>of</strong><br />
the student.
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title ADVANCED PRACTICAL PHYSICS (MPHYS)<br />
2. Module Code PHYS478<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr P Rowlands Physics P.Rowlands@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
108 108<br />
18. Non-contact hours 42<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS111 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give further training in laboratory techniques, in the use <strong>of</strong> computer packages for modelling and<br />
analysis, and in the use <strong>of</strong> modern instruments<br />
To develop the students' independent judgement in performing physics experiments<br />
To encourage students to research aspects <strong>of</strong> physics complementary to material met in lectures and<br />
tutorials<br />
To consolidate the students ability to produce good quality work against realistic deadlines<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> taking physics data with modern equipment<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> some experimental techniques not met in previous laboratory practice<br />
Improved skills in researching published papers and articles as source materials<br />
Developed a personal responsibility for assuring that data taken is <strong>of</strong> a high quality<br />
Increased skills in data taking and error analysis<br />
Increased skills in reporting experiments and an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the factors needed to produce clear and<br />
complete reports<br />
Improved skills in the time management and organisation <strong>of</strong> their experimental procedures to meet<br />
deadlines<br />
Experience working as an individual and in small groups<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
Students carry out experiments in three 4-week blocks:<br />
Block A Radiation Detection<br />
Introductory group work on the use <strong>of</strong> radiation detectors followed by two <strong>of</strong> four<br />
experiments on samples that have been activated by a source <strong>of</strong> thermal neutrons<br />
Block B X-Ray Diffraction<br />
Group work on computer modelling to simulat x-ray diffraction from crystals followed by<br />
experiments to determine the crystal structures and lattice constants <strong>of</strong> two unknown<br />
materials<br />
Block C Quanta and Waves<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Group work on explanation <strong>of</strong> quantum phenomena followed by two experiments<br />
selected from a pool <strong>of</strong> three<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Experimental reports<br />
(including 15% for<br />
group work)<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 90 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Laboratory Diary 1 or 2 10 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ADVANCED QUANTUM PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS480<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> PA Butler Physics Peter.Butler@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
32 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS361 or equivalent<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:
F303 (4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
F521 (4)<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on Semester 1 module on Quantum Mechanics and Atomic Physics with the intention <strong>of</strong><br />
providing breadth and depth in the understanding <strong>of</strong> the commonly used aspects <strong>of</strong> Quantum<br />
mechanics.<br />
To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the ideas <strong>of</strong> perturbation calculations and <strong>of</strong> Fermi's Golden Rule.<br />
To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used to describe the scattering <strong>of</strong> particles.<br />
To demonstrate creation and annihilation operators using the harmonic oscillator as an example.<br />
To develop skills which enable numerical calculation <strong>of</strong> real physical quantum problem.<br />
To encourage enquiry into the philosophy <strong>of</strong> quantum theory including its explanation <strong>of</strong> classical<br />
mechanics.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> variational tehcniques.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> perturbation techniques.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> transition matrix elements.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> phase space factors.<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> partial wave techniques.<br />
Ability to compute wave functions and transition probabilities using several s<strong>of</strong>tware packages.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS480 General level <strong>of</strong> treatment that <strong>of</strong> Mandl "Quantum Mechanics". problems classes will<br />
be organised to use computer packages to solve quantum problems (modelling wave<br />
functions etc).<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Operator formalism and Direc notation.<br />
Bound state perturbation theory, non-degenerate and degenrate.<br />
Variational methods.<br />
Time dependent Schrodinger equation.<br />
Time dependent perturbation theory, Fermi's Golden Rule.<br />
Emission and absorption <strong>of</strong> radiation, phase space.<br />
Scattering theory - time dependent approach; potential scattering, Born approximation,<br />
scattering by screened Coulomb potential, electron-atom scattering.<br />
Scattering - time independent approach; scattering amplitude, integral equation,<br />
scattering <strong>of</strong> identical particles, partial waves, phase shifts.<br />
Harmonic Oscillator solved using creation and annihilation operators.<br />
Discussion <strong>of</strong> quantum philosophy, quantum mechanics contains classical mechanics.<br />
"Quantum Mechanics" by F Mandl, published by Wiley<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes<br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
opportunity submission<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 100 August resit<br />
for PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ACCELERATOR PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS481<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr CP Welsch Physics C.P.Welsch@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr A Wolski Physics A.Wolski@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
14 2 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS370 or equivalent.<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on modules on electricity, magnetism and waves;<br />
To study the functional principle <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> particle accelerators;<br />
To study the generation <strong>of</strong> ion and electron beams;<br />
To study the layout and the design <strong>of</strong> simple ion and electron optics;<br />
To study basic concepts in radio frequency engineering and technology.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the description <strong>of</strong> the motion <strong>of</strong> charged particles in complex electromagnetic fields;<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> accelerators, in which energy range and for which purposes they<br />
are utilised;<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the generation and technical exploitation <strong>of</strong> synchrotron radiation;<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the concept and the necessity <strong>of</strong> beam cooling.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
1 1. Introduction, History <strong>of</strong> Particle Accelerators, Experiments. (1 lecture)<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
2. General Concepts, Introduction to the physics <strong>of</strong> particle sources. Physics <strong>of</strong><br />
plasmas, electron sources, ion sources. (2 lectures)<br />
3. Motion <strong>of</strong> charged particles in electric and magnetic fields, transverse beam<br />
motion, Hill's equation, representation <strong>of</strong> different ion optical elements by a matrix<br />
formalism. (2 lectures)<br />
4. Linear Accelerators: Alvarez and Wideroe structures, the radio frequency<br />
quadrupole. (2 lectures)<br />
5. Rf Cavity Design: Important parameters, field distribution in different cavity types,<br />
mode characterization, visualization <strong>of</strong> fields. (2 lectures)<br />
6. Ring Accelerators: Introduction to the Betatron, Microtron, Cyclotron, and<br />
Synchrotron. (4 lectures)<br />
7. Medical Accelerators: General concepts, benefits, different accelerator concepts.<br />
(2 lectures)<br />
8. Overview <strong>of</strong> accelerator facilities world-wide. (1 lecture)<br />
1. Grant and Philips, Electrodynamics.<br />
2. A. Sessler und E. Wilson, Engines <strong>of</strong> Discovery: A Century <strong>of</strong> Particle Accelerators (Introduction and<br />
History)<br />
3. E. Wilson, An Introduction to Particle Accelerators.<br />
4. S. Y. Lee, Accelerator Physics. World Scientific (1999).<br />
5. H. Wiedemann, Particle Accelerator Physics I & II.<br />
6. CERN Yellow Reports (online resource)<br />
ASSESSMENT
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 70 August resit<br />
for PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Poster Presentation 1 15 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Assessed Problem<br />
Set<br />
1 15 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title ELEMENTS OF STELLAR DYNAMICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS484<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics external examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr W Maciejewski Physics<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> C Mundell Physics<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
15 3 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:
Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F303 (3) F521 (3) F521 (4) F303 (4)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To show that there is more to gravity than Newton's law. This will provide the students with a basic<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> the dynamics <strong>of</strong> systems containing millions and billions <strong>of</strong> point-like gravitating bodies: stars in<br />
stellar clusters and galaxies.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have the ability to<br />
Show how dynamical processes shape the structure <strong>of</strong> galaxies and stellar clusters<br />
Describe the motion <strong>of</strong> stars in stellar systems<br />
Apply orbital analysis to stellar systems<br />
Demonstrate an understanding <strong>of</strong> the implications <strong>of</strong> the continuity equation<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The course material specified in the syllabus will be covered in lectures.<br />
Problems classes will provide students with the opportunity to confirm their understanding <strong>of</strong> the material<br />
covered in the lectures.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Introduction: collisionless and collisional stellar systems<br />
Relaxation time. Describing motion <strong>of</strong> 100 billion stars in a galaxy and 100 thousand<br />
stars in a Globular Cluster.<br />
Stellar orbits in gravitational potentials<br />
Newton's law applied to distributed mass. Newton's theorems for spherical systems.<br />
Potential <strong>of</strong> a disk. Circular velocity. Escape speed. Elements <strong>of</strong> Lagrangian formalism.<br />
Orbits in spherically symmetric, axisymmetric and elongated potentials. Keplerian<br />
potential. Integrals <strong>of</strong> the motion.<br />
Continuity equation applied to an ensemble <strong>of</strong> stars<br />
Phase-space. Distribution function as phase-space density. The collisionless Boltzmann<br />
equation. The Jeans theorem. Isothermal sphere. The Jeans equations. Velocity<br />
ellipsoid. Encounters in collisional systems. Thermodynamics <strong>of</strong> collisional systems:<br />
negative heat capacity. Evolution <strong>of</strong> Globular Clusters.<br />
Essential dynamical aspects <strong>of</strong> elliptical and spiral galaxies.<br />
Tensor virial theorem. Random motions and rotation in elliptical galaxies. Spiral structure<br />
in disc galaxies. Density waves. Stability <strong>of</strong> discs.<br />
Encounters <strong>of</strong> galaxies<br />
Dynamical friction. Violent relaxation. Phase mixing.<br />
Recommended: "Galaxies in the Universe: An Introduction", L.S. Sparke and J.S. Gallagher, III, 2nd edition,<br />
CUP<br />
Optional: "Galactic Dynamics", J. Binney and S. Tremaine, 2nd edition, Princeton <strong>University</strong> Press<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written examination 1.5 hour 1 75 August resit for<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Problems set in<br />
Problems Classes<br />
3 x 1<br />
hours<br />
PGT students only.<br />
Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
1 25 August resit for As university<br />
PGT students only. policy<br />
Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PHYSICS OF THE RADIATIVE UNIVERSE<br />
2. Module Code PHYS485<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics external examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr D Bersier Physics D.Bersier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr S Kobayashi Physics S.K.Kobayashi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
28 4 4 36<br />
18. Non-contact hours 114<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F521 (4) F303 (4) F521 (3) F303 (3)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
This module will look at some <strong>of</strong> the many ways that matter and radiation interact, in relativistic and nonrelativistic<br />
physical contexts. The aims <strong>of</strong> the module are<br />
To see how physical phenomena can be applied and used to explain the appearance and spectra <strong>of</strong><br />
celestial objects<br />
To provide an astrophysical context for statistical mechanics<br />
To introduce Einstein's A and B coefficients<br />
To introduce collisional excitation coefficients<br />
To demonstrate how emission line ratios inform on physical properties<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have the ability to<br />
Relate observable quantitites to physical conditions and mechanism(s)<br />
Describe and calculate the emergent flux and spectrum for several mechanisms: Bremsstrahlung,<br />
synchrotron and Compton effect<br />
Apply this knowledge to understand the properties and behaviour <strong>of</strong> different objects (active galaxies,<br />
neutron stars, gamma-ray bursts, H II regions)<br />
Describe key astrophysical line ratios<br />
Describe the meaning <strong>of</strong> an ionization parameter<br />
Provide input to and understand the output <strong>of</strong> the computer code CLOUDY<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
Teaching will be delivered in a manner that encourages participation and critical thinking from students. They<br />
will be expected to have read the material in advance. Lecture time will be used to answer students queries,<br />
expand on important concepts and show worked examples. Tutorials will cover students' attempts at problems.<br />
Part <strong>of</strong> the assessment is in the form <strong>of</strong> computer-based exercises using existing s<strong>of</strong>tware (CLOUDY). This<br />
allows the calculation <strong>of</strong> a complete spectrum for various types <strong>of</strong> objects, thereby gaining a much better<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> the parameters affecting the spectrum. Analytical calculations will be carried out in lectures or<br />
as exercises.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Refresher Radiative transfer equation, blackbody radiation, special relativity,<br />
electrodynamics, statistical mechanics (partition function, Maxwell-Boltzmann<br />
distribution)<br />
Continuum emission Radiation emitted by moving charges; Thomson scattering<br />
Bremsstrahlung radiation; emitted spectrum<br />
Relativistic Doppler effect; aberration; jets in astrophysics<br />
Superluminal motion<br />
Synchrotron radiation; emitted power and spectrum; curvature radiation<br />
Compton scattering and inverse Compton effect<br />
Line emission Einstein A and B coefficients<br />
Collisional excitation and de-excitation<br />
Temperature- and density-sensitive line ratios<br />
Ionisation balance, Saha equation<br />
Stromgren spheres<br />
Detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> emission line spectra using CLOUDY<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Strongly recommended:<br />
H. Bradt: Astrophysics Processes (CUP)
Optional:<br />
D. Osterbrock & G Ferland: Astrophysics <strong>of</strong> gaseous nebulae and Active Galactic Nuclei (2nd ed)<br />
F. Shu: The Physics <strong>of</strong> astrophysics. I. Radiation (<strong>University</strong> science books)<br />
G. Rybicki & A. Lightman: Radiative processes in Astrophysics (Wiley)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Computer modelling<br />
exercises<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
6 hours 2 20 August resit for<br />
PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously. The<br />
duration is nominally<br />
2 x 2 hours in the<br />
computing laboratory<br />
plus 2 hours <strong>of</strong><br />
private study.<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title MODELLING PHYSICAL PHENOMENA<br />
2. Module Code PHYS488<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
7 101 108<br />
18. Non-contact hours 42<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F521 (3) F303 (3)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently and in small groups on an original problem.<br />
To give students an opportunity to display the high quality <strong>of</strong> their work.<br />
To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity.<br />
To introduce students to concepts, methods and applicability <strong>of</strong> computational modelling <strong>of</strong> physical<br />
phenomena using the Java language.<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> report writing displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production.<br />
To give an opportunity for students to display communication skills.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Acquired working knowledge <strong>of</strong> a high level OO programming language.<br />
Experience in researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information.<br />
Set up model <strong>of</strong> physical phenomena or situation.<br />
Experience in testing model against data from experiment or literature.<br />
Improved ability to organise and manage time.<br />
Improved skills in report writing.<br />
Improved skills in explaining project under questioning.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
A project outlined in general by a Supervisor will be assigned to the student by the<br />
Module Organiser, who attempts to choose projects which match each student's<br />
particular interests but cannot guarantee to do so.<br />
The student will attend weekly sessions on programming and related matters as<br />
arranged by the Module Organiser.<br />
Details <strong>of</strong> the project aims will be decided in discussions between the student and the<br />
supervisor.<br />
There will be regular scheduled meetings between the student and the supervisor to<br />
assess progress.<br />
The student will hand in set work as required, which will be marked and used as one<br />
element in assessing students' diligence.<br />
The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time to<br />
writing the Report and preparing the Presentation.<br />
The Presentation will be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions, normally in Week 11<br />
<strong>of</strong> Semester 2.<br />
The Report will normally be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> Week 12 <strong>of</strong> Semester 2.<br />
A project diary must be kept and handed in with reports as part <strong>of</strong> the assessment.<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Individual Project<br />
Report (2<br />
Supervisors)<br />
Group Project Report<br />
(2 Second<br />
Academics)<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
2 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Six Weekly Exercises 2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Oral Presentation 2 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ADVANCED NUCLEAR PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS490<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr M Chartier Physics M.Chartier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS375<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on the year 3 modules on Nuclear Physics<br />
To <strong>of</strong>fer an insight into current ideas about the description <strong>of</strong> atomic nuclei and nuclear matter<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic properties <strong>of</strong> nuclear forces and the experimental evidence upon which these<br />
are based<br />
Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the factors governing nuclear shapes<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the origin <strong>of</strong> pairing forces and the effect <strong>of</strong> these and rotational forces on nuclear<br />
behaviour<br />
An overview <strong>of</strong> phenomena observed for exotic nuclei far from the line <strong>of</strong> nuclear stability<br />
Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> astrophysical nucleosynthesis processes<br />
Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> phases <strong>of</strong> nuclear matter<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See the Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Nuclear Physics:<br />
Nuclear Physics<br />
Nucleon-Nucleon Force: spin and isospin, general properties <strong>of</strong> force, one pion<br />
exchange potential, the deuteron, range <strong>of</strong> nuclear force<br />
Nuclear Behaviour: mirror nuclei, independent particle model<br />
Forms <strong>of</strong> Mean Potential: square well, harmonic oscillator, spin-orbit coupling,<br />
Woods-Saxon, residual interaction, Hartree-Fock<br />
Nuclear Deformation: geometric descriptoins, Nilsson model, large deformations<br />
Hybrid Models: deformed liquid drop, Strutinsky method, fission isomers<br />
Nuclear Excitations: spherical nuclei, vibrations, rotations <strong>of</strong> a deformed system<br />
Rotating Systems: moment <strong>of</strong> inertia, cranking model, backbending<br />
Nuclei at Extremes <strong>of</strong> Spin: high lx bands, high K bands, superdeformation,<br />
shape coexistence<br />
Nuclei at Extremes <strong>of</strong> Isospin: N=Z nuclei, exotic nuclei, dripline nuclei,<br />
superheavies, halo nuclei<br />
Nuclear Astrophysics: elemental abundances, origin <strong>of</strong> the elements<br />
Phases <strong>of</strong> nuclear matter<br />
"Introductory Nuclear Physics" K S Krane, published by John Wiley & Sons<br />
Further Reading:<br />
"Basic Ideas and Concepts in Nuclear Physics" K Heyde, published by IOP<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2 2 100 August resit<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
hours for PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title RESEARCH SKILLS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS491<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> C Collins Physics<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 12 6 75<br />
93<br />
Hours<br />
Group Project<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To help students acquire or improve some <strong>of</strong> the skills useful to the pr<strong>of</strong>essional physicist. Skills covered<br />
include:<br />
Planning research projects, performing literature searches, experimental design<br />
Statistical anlysis <strong>of</strong> data<br />
Communication with clients and with research collaborators<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Wide knowledge <strong>of</strong> probability distributions<br />
Skilful use <strong>of</strong> estimators<br />
Ability to apply statistical tests to hypotheses<br />
Understand least squares techniques for parameter evaluation<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> obtaining information, evaluating relevance and writing a scientific case<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> collaborative efforts to satisfy a clients requirements<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
By applying statistical methods in realistic problem environments the students become familiar with modern<br />
research methods. They practive the writing <strong>of</strong> Scientific Reports. Group work teaches them how to function<br />
effectively in a team.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Statistical Analysis <strong>of</strong> Data<br />
(Note that students will cover some or all <strong>of</strong> the following, depending on background<br />
qualifications)<br />
Key Skills<br />
Project<br />
"Statistics" by R J Barlow, published by Wiley<br />
Describing the data, histograms, moments, variance, covariance<br />
Theoretical distributions, binomial, Poisson, Gaussian, Chi-squared<br />
Errors, accuracy, precision, central limit theorem, systematic errors<br />
Estimation, liklihood functions, consistency, bias, efficiency<br />
Least squares method, straight line fit, parameter evaluation<br />
Hypothesis testing, meaning <strong>of</strong> probability, confidence, significance, goodness <strong>of</strong><br />
fit<br />
Report writing and presentation<br />
The project is an exercise in working within a group structure to devise and report on<br />
a solution to a simulated problem. The solution will require the application <strong>of</strong> physics<br />
Groups will be <strong>of</strong> three or four students with an academic observer. Formal meetings<br />
will be held to discuss approaches to the problem, assigning <strong>of</strong> individual tasks and coordinating<br />
the writing <strong>of</strong> the report.<br />
The report will be assessed to give the same mark to each student but there will be<br />
individual oral interviews on the project which will produce an additional individual<br />
mark.<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Statistics Examples<br />
Class<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Statistics Class Test 1 hour 1 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Project Group Report 1 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Project Individual<br />
Student Interview<br />
1 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title ADVANCED PARTICLE PHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS493<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> TJV Bowcock Physics Themis.Bowcock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> JB Dainton Physics Jbd@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on the Year 3 module PHYS377 Particle Physics<br />
To give the student a deeper understanding <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model <strong>of</strong> Particle Physics and the basic<br />
extensions<br />
To review the detectors and accelerator technology available to investigate the questions posed by the<br />
Standard Model and its extensions<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model and its extensions. This will be placed in context <strong>of</strong> the<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> the origin <strong>of</strong> the universe, its properties and its physical laws<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> how present and future detector and accelerator technology will be applied to<br />
investigate the development <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS493 Feynman graphs<br />
Spontaneous symmetry breaking and the Higgs mechanism<br />
CP violation in the Standard Model<br />
Neutrino Masses Mixing<br />
Supersymmetry<br />
Quantum Gravity and the Brane World<br />
AstroParticle Phenomenology<br />
Introduction to Modern Experimental Techniques<br />
Current and Future detectors<br />
Accelerator Technology<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Particle Physics: Due to the rapidly changing nature <strong>of</strong> the subject this section will be based around a set <strong>of</strong><br />
course notes<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 100 August resit<br />
for PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Notes
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title COMPUTATIONAL ASTROPHYSICS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS494<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Second Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr S Kobayashi Physics S.K.Kobayashi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> C Collins Physics<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
17. Contact 11 25 33 2<br />
71<br />
Hours<br />
class test<br />
18. Non-contact hours 79<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
At ARI, LJMU, Birkenhead<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F521 (4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give students an understanding <strong>of</strong> Programming Basics<br />
To provide students with practical experience <strong>of</strong> using computational techniques extensively employed by<br />
researchers in the physical sciences<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
The ability to describe and discuss numerical modelings<br />
A familiarity with a programming language used by research astronomers and its application in a research<br />
context<br />
Practical experience <strong>of</strong> numerical used by scientists in analysis <strong>of</strong> theoretical problems and experimental<br />
data<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The physical principles <strong>of</strong> an practical approach to specific problems in astrophysics are explained in lectures,<br />
and then related computational mini-projects are given to the students. A 2hr class test on programming and<br />
application <strong>of</strong> numerical methods will provide an assessment on an individual basis, balancing the element <strong>of</strong><br />
group working inherent in the project elements <strong>of</strong> the course.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
A series <strong>of</strong> lectures describing an astrophysical problem and the numerical techniques<br />
that can be used to address it, followed by a practical session in which students will use<br />
computers to carry out a mini-projects designed to accompany the lectures. Assessment<br />
comprises written reports on the projects, and a class test to assess understanding <strong>of</strong><br />
the background astrophysics, and <strong>of</strong> the computational methods employed.<br />
The elements covered will be drawn from a variety <strong>of</strong> observational and theoretical<br />
topics and will focus on numerical modelings and analysis.<br />
Example topics include:<br />
N-body simulations <strong>of</strong> self-gravitating systems<br />
Numerical Hydrodynamics<br />
Key references and hand-out notes will be provided by the lecturer<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Five assignments 2 70 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Class test 2 hours 2 30 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title THE INTERSTELLAR MEDIUM<br />
2. Module Code PHYS495<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr T Moore Physics T.Moore1@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr D Bersier Physics D.Bersier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Tutorials/Seminars<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
24 24<br />
18. Non-contact hours 126<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Year 3 MPhys Astrophysics<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F521 (4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build upon the student's appreciation <strong>of</strong> the role which the interstellar medium (ISM) plays in topics as<br />
stellar evolution (star-forming regions to supernova remnants) and galaxy evolution<br />
To provide a firm physical framework for this appreciation by investigating in detail the mechanisms which<br />
govern the structure and appearance <strong>of</strong> the ISM<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
An understanding <strong>of</strong> the structure and evolution <strong>of</strong> the ISM and the relationship between its various<br />
components<br />
The ability to list the various types <strong>of</strong> observable phenomena and relate them to the structure <strong>of</strong> the<br />
various phases <strong>of</strong> the ISM and the physical process at work<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> how observation, specifically spectroscopy, allows astronomers to understand the physical<br />
conditions and chemical content <strong>of</strong> the ISM and thereby construct models <strong>of</strong> the interstellar medium and<br />
its relationship to the formation and evolution <strong>of</strong> stars and galaxies<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The module will be taught by directed reading and problem-solving. Students will be expected to read a section<br />
<strong>of</strong> a textbook and attempt a set <strong>of</strong> problems every week. The content and problems will be reviewed at weekly<br />
tutorial sessions. Traditional combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and tutorials. Practice in problem-solving by problem sheets<br />
and tutorials. A set <strong>of</strong> assessed problem-solving exercises on the physics <strong>of</strong> the ISM (to take approximately 15<br />
hours <strong>of</strong> non-contact study time).<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> Radiation Processes and Spectral Line emission<br />
Spectral line formation. The interaction <strong>of</strong> a radiation field with matter. Radiative transfer<br />
Physical Conditions in the ISM<br />
The structure and phases <strong>of</strong> the Galactic interstellar medium. Photoionisation and<br />
recombination in a pure hydrogen cloud (the HII region). The effects <strong>of</strong> including helium<br />
and heavier elements. Energy balance and thermal equilibrium. Free-free radiation.<br />
Collisionally excited emission lines, permitted and forbidden. Recombination lines.<br />
Continuum emission processes. Molecular emission, lines<br />
Spectral Diagnostics<br />
Determination <strong>of</strong> electron temperatures and densities from atomic spectral line and<br />
continuum measurements. Determination <strong>of</strong> elemental abundances. Tracers <strong>of</strong> dense<br />
molecular gas; mass measurements<br />
Scattering and Polarisation<br />
Introduction to theory and application <strong>of</strong> scattering <strong>of</strong> light by small particles. Polarisation<br />
by scattering and dichroic absorption in reflection nebulae<br />
Dust and Molecular Clouds<br />
Formation and destruction <strong>of</strong> dust. Observable diagnostics. Formation <strong>of</strong> molecules on<br />
dust grains. Heating and cooling <strong>of</strong> molecular clouds. Molecular emission lines.<br />
Structure, dynamics, mechanical support and energy balance <strong>of</strong> molecular clouds.<br />
Magnetic fields, ambipolar diffusion, graviational contraction, star formation.<br />
Introduction to Gas Dynamics<br />
Sound waves and Alfven waves. Adiabatic and radiative shock waves. Expansion <strong>of</strong>
32. Recommended Texts<br />
ionised regions. Stellar winds. Supernova remnants<br />
"The Physics <strong>of</strong> the Interstellar Medium" by J E Dyson & D A Williams, published by IOP<br />
Background Reading<br />
"Physical Processes in the Interstellar Medium" L Spitzer, Wiley<br />
"Astrophysics <strong>of</strong> Gaseous Nebulae and Active Galactic Nuclei" Osterbrock, <strong>University</strong> Science Books<br />
"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Astrophysics" vols I & II, F Shu, <strong>University</strong> Science Books<br />
"The Dusty Universe" A Evans, Ellis Horwood<br />
"Accretion Processes in Star Formation" L Hartmann, CUP<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Examination 3 hours 1 70 August resit for<br />
PGT students only.<br />
Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Written Assignment 1 30 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />
the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />
1. Module Title COMMUNICATION OF ASTROPHYSICAL IDEAS<br />
2. Module Code PHYS496<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 15<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> C Mundell Physics<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr S Kobayashi Physics S.K.Kobayashi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
48 24 72<br />
18. Non-contact hours 78<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
Students must attend 5 first-semester<br />
research seminars and all first<br />
semester journal clubs. Note that<br />
seminars are scheduled on<br />
Wednesday afternoon<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
Year 3 MPhys Astrophysics<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25.
25.<br />
Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F521 (4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To develop the ability <strong>of</strong> the student to communicate results and ideas in astrophysics at a range <strong>of</strong><br />
technical levels, dealing with the objective criticism <strong>of</strong> existing articles, videos, papers and lecture/semiar<br />
presentations, as well as the creation <strong>of</strong> new material<br />
To help students bridge the gap between understanding undergraduate texts and dissecting a journal<br />
paper, while at the same time emphasising the importance <strong>of</strong> being able to communicate ideas concisely<br />
and clearly at a simpler level<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
The ability to criticise objectively and constructively attempt to communicate astrophysical ideas at levels<br />
ranging from a local newspaper to research semiinars and papers<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the qualities required to successfully explain astronomical ideas in contexts ranging<br />
from undergraduate teaching to research seminars<br />
Been able to create their own articles, observing-time applications, journal-club discussions, tutorial<br />
exercises, etc., building on the experience gained during the module<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
The module will run throughout the year, so that students can attend the Astrophysics seminar and journal club<br />
series, formally supported by one-hour tutorials every week. In addition to the student-centred elements <strong>of</strong> the<br />
module, students will be required to attend astrophysics research seminars given by invited speakers from other<br />
universities and take part in journal clubs, including their own leading <strong>of</strong> a discussion <strong>of</strong> a recent paper.<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
PHYS496 The module will run throughout the year, formally supported by hour-long tutorials every<br />
week. During this period, in addition to the student-centred elements <strong>of</strong> the module,<br />
students will be required to attend astrophysics research seminars given by invited<br />
speakers from other universities, take part in journal clubs, including their own leading <strong>of</strong><br />
a discussion <strong>of</strong> a recent paper and observe staff members in an undergraduate teaching<br />
role.<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
The syllabus will comprise:<br />
Criticism <strong>of</strong> the popular and technical communication <strong>of</strong> astrophysics in: newspaper<br />
reports; articles in New Scientist; Scientific American; Physics Today; telescope time<br />
proposals and grant proposals in general; short television interviews; videos designed for<br />
both public information and education; research seminars and public lectures; a recent<br />
research paper from a refereed journal; writing and production <strong>of</strong>, for example, newpaper<br />
reports; popular articles; posters; television and radio interviews; telescope proposals;<br />
undergraduate laboratory and tutorial exercises; seminars and lectures<br />
Popular science magazines (e.g. New Scientists, Physics Today, Scientific American), popular astronomy<br />
magazines (e.g. Astronomy Now, Sky & Telescope), newspapers (The Independent, the <strong>Liverpool</strong> Echo), TV<br />
programmes (e.g. Horizon, Equinox, Open <strong>University</strong>), research journals (e.g. Nature, Monthly Notices <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Royal Astronomical Society, The Astrophysical Journal)<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
mark<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Journal Club Notes 1 or 2 15 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Journal Club<br />
Presentation<br />
1 or 2 25 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Seminar Notes 1 or 2 10 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Telescope Time<br />
Allocation Committee<br />
Telescope Time<br />
Proposal<br />
1 or 2 15 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
1 or 2 20 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Popular Article 1 or 2 15 Only in exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked anonymously
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title MAGNETIC STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION<br />
2. Module Code PHYS497<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> WA H<strong>of</strong>er Chemistry Wh<strong>of</strong>er@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr HR Sharma Physics H.R.Sharma@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
16 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
PHYS363<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To build on the third year modules Condensed Matter Physics<br />
To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the phenomena and fundamental mechanisms <strong>of</strong> magnetism in<br />
condensed matter<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the quantum origin <strong>of</strong> the magnetism and magnetic moments<br />
An introduction to the Weiss molecular field theory <strong>of</strong> ferromagnetism<br />
A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> spin waves in ordered magnets<br />
An introduction to the techniques <strong>of</strong> neutron scattering and magnetic x-ray scattering<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> simple magnetic structures and magnetic excitations<br />
An introduction to new magnetic materials<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
"Magnetism - Principles and Applications" by D Craik<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />
(Semester) final<br />
mark<br />
Atomic structure basis for atomic magnetic moments in solids<br />
Definition <strong>of</strong> Magnetisation, magnetic susceptibility, diamagnetism,<br />
paramagnetism, Brillouin function<br />
Magnetic moments <strong>of</strong> Rare Earth ions, Transition metal ions<br />
Crystal field, quenching <strong>of</strong> orbital angular momentum in transition metal ions,<br />
Jahn-Teller effect<br />
Magnetic ordering, Mean Field Theory, M vs T curve, critical exponents<br />
Mechanisms <strong>of</strong> magnetic interaction, exchange interaction, direct exchange,<br />
superexchange, RKKY interaction<br />
Magnetic Anisotropy, magnetic structures<br />
Magnetic excitations, magnons<br />
Magnetometry, VSM, SQUID magnetometers<br />
Neutron diffraction, magnetic resonant x-ray diffraction<br />
Mossbauer spectroscopy<br />
New materials - magnetic multilayers<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 100 August resit<br />
for PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes<br />
Penalty for late Notes<br />
submission
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title PROJECT (MPHYS)<br />
2. Module Code PHYS498<br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester Whole Session<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 30<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
1 161 162<br />
18. Non-contact hours 138<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 300<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem<br />
To give students an opportunity to be involved in scientific research<br />
To encourage learning, understanding and application <strong>of</strong> a particular physics subject<br />
To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity<br />
To improve students ability to keep daily records <strong>of</strong> the work in hand and its outcomes<br />
To develop students' competence in scientific communication, both in oral and written form<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />
Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information<br />
Experience <strong>of</strong> the practical nature <strong>of</strong> physics<br />
Improved practical and technical skills to carrying out physics investigations<br />
An ability to organise and manage time<br />
An ability to plan, execute and report on the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation<br />
Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />
An appreciation <strong>of</strong> a selected are <strong>of</strong> current physics research<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
None<br />
None.<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Project and Report<br />
(Supervisor)<br />
Project Report<br />
(Second Academic)<br />
Poster Presentation 180<br />
minutes<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
2 50 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
2 30 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
2 20 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible
MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />
The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />
change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />
module.<br />
1. Module Title NANOSCALE PHYSICS AND TECHNOLOGY<br />
2. Module Code PHYS<strong>499</strong><br />
3. Year 201112<br />
4. Originating<br />
Department<br />
Physics<br />
5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />
6. Semester First Semester<br />
7. Credit Level M Level<br />
8. Credit Value 7.5<br />
9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />
10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />
responsibility for the<br />
module<br />
Dr VR Dhanak Physics V.R.Dhanak@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> WA H<strong>of</strong>er Chemistry Wh<strong>of</strong>er@liverpool.ac.uk<br />
12. Other Contributing<br />
Departments<br />
13. Other Staff Teaching<br />
on this Module<br />
14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />
15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />
16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />
17. Contact<br />
Hours<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />
14 2 2 18<br />
18. Non-contact hours 57<br />
19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />
20. Timetable<br />
(if known)<br />
Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />
21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />
None<br />
22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />
None<br />
23. Co-requisite modules:<br />
None<br />
24. Linked Modules:<br />
25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />
26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />
27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />
28. Aims<br />
F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />
MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />
To introduce the emerging fields <strong>of</strong> nanoscale physics and nanotechnology<br />
To describe experimental techniques for probing physical properties <strong>of</strong> nanostructured materials<br />
To describe the novel size-dependent electronic, optical, magnetic and chemical properties <strong>of</strong><br />
nanoscale materials<br />
To describe several `hot topics' in nanoscience research<br />
To develop students' problem-solving, investigative, communication and analytic skills through<br />
appropriate assignments.<br />
29. Learning Outcomes<br />
At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> how and why nanoscale systems form<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> how nanoscale systems may be probed experimentally<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the physics <strong>of</strong> nanoscale systems<br />
Understanding <strong>of</strong> the potential applications <strong>of</strong> nanoscale systems in nanotechnology<br />
Enhanced problem-solving, investigative, communication and analytic skills developed through<br />
appropriate assignments.<br />
30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />
See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />
31. Syllabus<br />
32. Recommended Texts<br />
Introduction and formation <strong>of</strong> nanostructures<br />
Moore's law, Top-down vs bottom-up approaches to building nanostructures<br />
Nanolithography. Self-assembly <strong>of</strong> nanostructures. Atomic and molecular<br />
manipulation<br />
Techniques for probing nanostructures<br />
STM and AFM, Photoemission, Photoluminescence, magnetic techniques<br />
Novel properties <strong>of</strong> nanostructures<br />
Electronic properties: quantum dots, quantum wires and quantum wells<br />
Optical properties: plasmon resonances, luminescence<br />
Magnetic properties<br />
`Tuning' <strong>of</strong> size-selected properties<br />
Some hot topics in nanoscale science, e.g.<br />
Magnetic nanoclusters and spintronics<br />
Carbon-based nanomaterials (fullerenes and nanotubes) and molecular<br />
electronics<br />
Aperiodic nanosystems<br />
None available. References will be given to articles in research journals and popular science magazines.<br />
33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
ASSESSMENT<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
Notes
Written Examination 1 1/2<br />
hours<br />
34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />
(Semester)<br />
Literature Project<br />
Report<br />
Two Semester<br />
Reports<br />
1 70 August resit<br />
for PGT students<br />
only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />
students resit at<br />
the next normal<br />
opportunity.<br />
% <strong>of</strong><br />
final<br />
mark<br />
Resit/resubmission<br />
opportunity<br />
1 15 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
1 10 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Oral Presentation 1 5 Only in<br />
exceptional<br />
circumstances<br />
Penalty for late<br />
submission<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
As university<br />
policy<br />
N/A as<br />
assessment is<br />
timetabled<br />
Notes<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
This work is not<br />
marked<br />
anonymously<br />
Anonymous marking<br />
impossible